UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM 10-K



(Mark One)



 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934



For the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016

or

 



 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934



For the transition period from             to              .

Commission File Number: 000-06936

WD-40 COMPANY

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 



 

 

 

 

 

Delaware

 

95-1797918

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

1061 Cudahy Place, San Diego, California

 

92110

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip code)



Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (619) 275-1400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:



 

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC



 

Securities registered pursuant to Section12(g) of the Act:



Title of each class

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Yes  ¨   No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes   ¨    No 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    

Yes       No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes      No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨☑ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer         Accelerated filer    ¨     Non-accelerated filer    ¨    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    

Yes   ¨    No  

The aggregate market value (closing price) of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of February 28, 201329,  2016 was approximately $792,284,408.$1,492,434,072.

As of October 17, 2013,19, 2016, there were 15,261,49214,175,738 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.  outstanding.  

Documents Incorporated by Reference:

The Proxy Statement for the annual meeting of stockholders on December 10, 201313, 2016 is incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10 through 14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



1


 



 WD-40 COMPANY



ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 20132016



TABLE OF CONTENTS









 

 



 

 

PART I

Page



 

 

Item 1.

Business.............................................................................................................................................................................

41 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors...............................................................................................................................................................................

85 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments.....................................................................................................................................................

1814 

Item 2.

Properties...................................................................................................................................................................................

1814 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings.......................................................................................................................................................................

1914 

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures...........................................................................................................................................................

1914 



 

PART II

 



 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.....

2116 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data.............................................................................................................................................................

2217 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations...............................................

2318 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.................................................................................................

4740 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.......................................................................................................................

4741 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.............................................

4841 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures...........................................................................................................................................................

4841 

Item 9B.

Other Information.......................................................................................................................................................................

4942 



 

 

PART III

 



 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.....................................................................................................

5043 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation...........................................................................................................................................................

5043 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.................

5043 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.....................................................................

5144 

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services...................................................................................................................................

5144 



 

 

PART IV

 



 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.................................................................................................................................

5245 



2


 





PART I

Forward-Looking Statements



This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than those that are purely historical are forward-looking statements which reflect the Company’s current views with respect to future events and financial performance.



These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. The words “aim,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate” and other expressions that indicate future events and trends identify forward-looking statements. These statements include, but are not limited to, references to the near-termdiscussions about future financial and operating results, including:  growth expectations for multi-purpose maintenance products and homecare and cleaning products, the impact of changes in product distribution, competition for shelf space, the impact of competition on product pricing, the levelproducts; expected levels of promotional and advertising spending,spending; plans for and success of product innovation, the impact of new product introductions on the growth of sales, the impact of customer mixsales; anticipated results from product line extension sales; and costs of raw materials, components and finished goods costs on gross margins, the impact of promotional programs on sales, the rate of sales growth in the Asia-Pacific segment, direct European countries and Eastern and Northern Europe,forecasted foreign currency exchange rates and fluctuations in those rates, the impact of changes in inventory management, the effect of future income tax provisionscommodity prices.  These forward-looking statements are generally identified with words such as “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “could,” “may,” “aim,” “anticipate,” “estimate” and audit outcomes on tax rates, and the effects of, and changes in, worldwide economic conditions and legal proceedings and other risk factors identified in Item 1A of this report.similar expressions. The Company undertakes no obligation to revise or update any forward-lookingforward looking statements.



Actual events or results may differ materially from those projected in forward-looking statements due to various factors, including, but not limited to, those identified in Item 1A of this report. As used in this report, the terms “we,” “our,” “us” and “the Company” refer to WD-40 Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, unless the context suggests otherwise. Amounts and percentspercentages in tables and discussions may not total due to rounding.



Item 1.  Business



Overview



WD-40 Company is a global consumer products companymarketing organization dedicated to delivering unique, high valuecreating positive lasting memories by developing and easy-to-use solutions for a wide variety of maintenance needs of “doer”selling products which solve problems in workshops, factories and “on-the-job” users by leveraging and buildinghomes around the brand fortress of the Company.world. The Company was founded in 1953 and its headquarters are locatedis headquartered in San Diego, California.

For more than four decades, the Company sold only one product, WD-40®,multi-use product, a multi-purpose maintenance product which acts as a lubricant, rust preventative, penetrant, cleaner and moisture displacer. Over the years,last two decades, the Company has further developedevolved and expanded its product offerings through both research and development activities and through the acquisition of several brands worldwide. As a result, the Company has built a family of brands and product lines that deliver high quality performance at an extremely good value to their end users.

The Company currently markets and sells its products in more than 176 countries and territories worldwide primarily through mass retail and home center stores, warehouse club stores, grocery stores, hardware stores, automotive parts outlets, sport retailers, independent bike dealers, online retailers and industrial distributors and suppliers. 

The Company’s sales come from its two product groups – maintenance products and homecare and cleaning products. Maintenance products are sold worldwide in markets throughout North, Central and South America, Asia, Australia, Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Homecare and cleaning products are sold primarily in North America, the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) and Australia.

The Company’s strategic initiatives and the areas where it will continue to focus its time, talent and resources in future periods include: (i) maximizing WD-40 multi-use product sales through geographic expansion and increased market penetration; (ii) leveraging the WD-40 brand and acquired several brands worldwide, manyby growing the WD-40 Specialist product line; (iii) leveraging the strengths of which have been homecare and cleaning product brands, in order to build a fortress of brands that deliver a unique high value to end users. In addition, some of these brand acquisitions have provided the Company through broadened product and revenue base; (iv) attracting, developing and retaining talented people; and (v) operating with access to existing distribution channels for other of its existing brands and have also provided the Company with economies of scale in areas such as sales, manufacturing and administration. The Company’s acquisitions include the following:excellence.

·

3-IN-ONE® brand of general purpose and specialty maintenance products in fiscal year 1996;

·

Lava® brand of heavy-duty hand cleaners in fiscal year 1999;

·

2000 Flushes® automatic toilet bowl cleaners, X-14® automatic toilet bowl cleaners and Carpet Fresh® rug and room deodorizers, all of which were associated with the Global Household Brands acquisition, and Solvol® brand of heavy-duty hand cleaners in Australia in fiscal year 2001;

·

Spot Shot® brand, whose primary product was a carpet stain remover; in fiscal year 2002; and

·

1001® line of carpet and household cleaners in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) in fiscal year 2004.



The Company is focused on and committed to innovation and renovation of its products. The Company sees innovation and renovation as important factors to the long-term growth of its brands and product lines, and it intends to continue to work on future products, product lines, product packaging, product delivery systems and promotional innovations and renovations. The Company is also focused on expanding its current brands in existing markets with new product development. The Company’s product development team supportsteams support new product development and current product improvement for the Company’s brands. Over the years, the Company’s research and development team has made an innovation impact on most of the Company’s brands.  Key innovations for the Company’s products include, but are not limited to, WD-40 Smart Straw®, WD-40 Trigger Pro®, WD-40 Specialist®, WD-40 Bike™, 3-IN-ONE Professional Garage Door Lube™, and Spot Shot Pet Clean™, which is a non-aerosol Spot Shot trigger product, Blue Works®  product line, and a mildew stain remover under the X-14 brand.product. In addition,late fiscal year 2015, the Company launched a new innovative product called WD-40 Specialist® product line, which consistsEZ Reach Flexible Straw™ in the United States.  WD-40 EZ Reach Flexible Straw features a unique delivery system in the form of certain specialtyan

31


 

maintenance products aimed at an expanded groupattached 8” flexible straw that bends and keeps its shape to allow for easier use of end users that currently usesthe WD-40 multi-use product during fiscal year 2012. The Company also formed WD-40 Bike Company LLC, a new business unit focused on the development of a comprehensive line of bicycle maintenance products for cyclists and mechanics, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012. The Company launched the WD-40 Bike™ product line in the United States (“U.S.”) during fiscal year 2013.hard to reach places.



The Company’s core strategic initiatives and the areas where it will continue to focus its time, talent and resources in future periods include: (i) maximizing the WD-40 brand through geographic expansion and market penetration; (ii) leveraging the WD-40 brand to develop new products and categories within the Company’s prioritized platforms; (iii) expanding product and revenue base; (iv) attracting, developing and retaining people; and (v) operating with excellence.

The Company’s brands are sold in various locations around the world. Multi-purpose maintenance products are sold worldwide in markets throughout North, Central and South America, Asia, Australia and the Pacific Rim, Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Homecare and cleaning products are sold primarily in North America, the U.K. and Australia.

Financial Information about Operating Segments



The Company’s operating segments are determined consistent with the way management organizes and evaluates financial information internally for making operating decisions and assessing performance. The Company is organized on the basis of geographical area into the following three segments:



·

Americas segment consists of the United States (“U.S.”), Canada and Latin America;

·

Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) segment consists of countries in Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Africa;India; and

·

Asia-Pacific segment consists of Australia, China and other countries in the Asia region.



The Company’s management reviews product performance on the basis of sales, which comescome from its two product groups – multi-purpose maintenance–maintenance products and homecare and cleaning products. The Company sells its products primarily through mass retail and home center stores, warehouse club stores, grocery stores, hardware stores, automotive parts outlets, sport retailers, independent bike dealers and industrial distributors and suppliers. The financial information required by this item is included in Note 1615 – Business Segments and Foreign Operations of the Company’s consolidated financial statements, included in Item 15 of this report, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, included in Item 7 of this report.



Products



Multi-Purpose Maintenance Products



Included in the Company’s maintenance products are both multi-purpose maintenance products and specialty maintenance products.  These maintenance products are sold worldwide and they provide end users with a variety of product and delivery system options.

The Company’s signature brand in the blue and yellow can with the red top, the WD-40 brand, is included within the maintenance product category and it accounts for a significant majority of the Company’s sales.  The Company has various products and product lines which it currently sells under the WD-40 brand and they are as follows:

WD-40 Multi-Use Product - The WD-40 brandmulti-use product is a market leader among multi-purpose maintenance products and is sold as an aerosol spray, a non-aerosol trigger spray and in liquid form through mass retail stores, hardware stores, warehouse club stores, automotive parts outlets, online retailers and industrial distributors and suppliers. The WD-40 products aremulti-use product is sold worldwide in markets such as North, Central and South America, Asia, Australia, and the Pacific Rim, Europe, the Middle East and Africa. The WD-40 products havemulti-use product has a wide variety of consumer uses in, for example, household, marine, automotive, construction, repair, sporting goods and gardening applications, in addition to numerous industrial applications. WD-40 EZ Reach Flexible Straw is the Company’s latest innovation to its multi-use product. It features a unique delivery system which includes an attached flexible straw that bends and keeps its shape to allow for easy use of the WD-40 multi-use product in hard to reach places. This new product was launched at the end of fiscal year 2015 and is currently being marketed in the U.S. and Latin America. WD-40 EZ Reach Flexible Straw has started to contribute to the overall growth of the WD-40 brand and it is expected to continue to do so in the future. The launch of the WD-40 EZ Reach Flexible Straw product line has used the same established distribution channels through which the Company currently sells its existing products.



WD-40 Specialist product line – WD-40 Specialist consists of a line of best-in-class specialty maintenance products that include penetrants, degreasers, corrosion inhibitors, lubricants and rust removers that are aimed at end users that currently use the WD-40 multi-use product. The WD-40 Specialist product line is sold primarily in the U.S., Canada, Latin America, Europe, Australia and Asia. Within the WD-40 Specialist product line, the Company also sells WD-40 Specialist Motorbike in Europe and WD-40 Specialist Lawn and Garden in Australia.

WD-40 Bike product line - The WD-40 Bike product line consists of a comprehensive line of bicycle maintenance products that include wet and dry chain lubricants, heavy-duty degreasers and foaming wash that are designed for avid and recreational cyclists, bike enthusiasts and mechanics. The Company launched this product line in the U.S. in fiscal year 2013 in Australia and Europe in fiscal year 2014, and in Latin America and select countries in Asia in early fiscal year 2016. Although the initial focus for such sales was on smaller independent bike dealers, distribution of WD-40 Bike products has been expanded to include certain distributors and retailers in select countries where the Company sells this product.  Early in fiscal year 2016, the Company transitioned the WD-40 Bike business in the U.S. from one with distribution limited primarily to independent bike dealers to one which also includes a limited group of customers which are currently in place for other maintenance products in the Americas segment. 

2


The Company also has the following additional brands which are included within its maintenance products group:

3-IN-ONE- The 3-IN-ONE brand consists of multi-purpose drip oil, specialty drip oils, and spray lubricant products, as well as other specialty maintenance products. The multi-purpose drip oil is an entry-levela lubricant with unique spout options that allow for precise applications forto small mechanisms and assemblies, tool maintenance and threads on screws and bolts. 3-IN-ONE Oil is the market share leader among drip oils for household consumers. It also has wide industrial applications in such areas as locksmithing, HVAC, marine, farming construction and jewelry manufacturing.construction. In addition to the drip oil line of products, the 3-IN-ONE brand also includes a professional line of products known as 3-IN-ONE Professional, which is a line of high quality, great value multi-purpose maintenance products. The high quality of the 3-IN-ONE brand and its established distribution network have enabled these products to gain international acceptance. 3-IN-ONE products are sold primarily in the U.S., Europe, Canada, Latin America, Australia and Asia.



GT85®- The Blue WorksGT85 brand is a multi-purpose bike maintenance product that consists of a line of industrial grade, specialtyprofessional spray maintenance products that includeand lubricants penetrants, degreasers and cleaners designed specifically for the needs of industrial users. Blue Works products were

4


launchedwhich are sold primarily in the U.S. duringbike market through the second quarter of fiscal year 2010automotive and in selected markets in Europe in early fiscal year 2011. Since sales of the Blue Works products have not been material since its launch, the Company started to discontinue sales of this brandindustrial channels in the U.S.U.K., with additional sales in fiscal year 2013. The Company expects to  phase out sales of the Blue Worksforeign markets including those in Spain and other European countries. GT85 products in most locationsare also currently sold in the near term. Due to the phasing out of the Blue WorksUnited States. This brand discussions of this brand will not be included inwas acquired by the Company’s future reports.

U.K. subsidiary in September 2014 and it has helped build upon the Company’s strategy to develop new product categories for WD-40 Specialist consists of a line of best-in-class performing specialty problem solving products that include penetrants, water resistant silicone sprays, corrosion inhibitors and rust removers that are aimed at an expanded group of end users that currently uses the WD-40 multi-use product. The Company launched the WD-40 Specialist product line in the U.S. during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 and in Canada and select countries in Latin America, Asia and Europe throughout fiscal years 2012 and 2013.  The launch of this product line has used the same established distribution channels where the Company currently sells its existing products.

WD-40 Bike Company LLC is a business unit that the Company formed as part of its focus on global innovation and product development.  The WD-40 Bike product line consists of a comprehensive line of bicycle maintenance products that include wet and dry chain lubricants, heavy-duty degreasers, foaming bike wash and frame protectants that are designed specifically for the avid cyclist, bike enthusiasts and mechanics. The Company started to launch certain products in this line in the U.S. during the first quarter of fiscal year 2013, but the focus for such sales has been to smaller independent bike dealers rather than larger retailers.  As a result of this, initial sales have been immaterial and sales are expected to remain immaterial in the near term.BIKE.



Homecare and Cleaning Products



The Company sells its homecare and cleaning products in certain locations worldwide and they include a portfolio of well-known brands as follows:

X-14- The X-14 brand is a line of quality products designed for unique cleaning needs. X-14 is sold as a liquid mildew stain remover and two types ofas an automatic toilet bowl cleaners.cleaner. X-14 is sold primarily in the U.S. through grocery and mass retail channels.channels as well as through online retailers.



2000 Flushes - The 2000 Flushes brand is a line of long-lasting automatic toilet bowl cleaners which includes a variety of formulas. 2000 Flushes is sold primarily in the U.S. and Canada through grocery and mass retail channels.channels as well as through online retailers.



Carpet Fresh - The Carpet Fresh brand is a line of room and rug deodorizers sold as powder, aerosol quick-dry foam and trigger spray products. Carpet Fresh is sold primarily through grocery and mass retail channels as well as through online retailers in the U.S., the U.K. and Australia. In the U.K., Carpet Fresh isthese products are sold under the 1001 brand name. Inname and in Australia, Carpet Fresh isthey are sold under the No Vac brand name.



Spot Shot - The Spot Shot brand is sold as an aerosol carpet stain remover and a liquid trigger carpet stain and odor eliminator. The brand also includes environmentally friendly products such as Spot Shot Instant Carpet Stain & Odor Eliminator™ and Spot Shot Pet Clean, which are non-toxic and biodegradable. Spot Shot products are sold primarily through grocery and mass retail channels, online retailers, warehouse club stores and hardware and home center stores in the U.S. and Canada. Spot Shot products are also sold in the U.K. under the 1001 brand name.



1001 - The 1001 brand includes carpet and household cleaners and rug and room deodorizers which are sold primarily through mass retail, grocery and home center stores in the U.K. The brand was acquired in order to introduce the Company’s other homecare and cleaning product formulations under the 1001 brand in orderand to expand the Company’s homecare and cleaning products business into the U.K. market.



Lava - The Lava and Solvol brands consist of heavy-duty hand cleaner products which are sold in bar soap and liquid form through hardware, grocery, industrial, automotive and mass retail channels.channels as well as through online retailers. Lava is sold primarily in the U.S., while Solvol is sold exclusively in Australia.



The Company’s homecare and cleaning products, particularly those in the U.S., are considered harvest brands providingwhich continue to provide positive returns to the Company but they are becoming a smaller part of the business as sales of the multi-purpose maintenance products sales grow aswith the execution of the Company’s strategic initiatives. Although the Company executes its core strategic initiatives. The Company began to evaluate thehas evaluated strategic alternatives for certain of its homecare and cleaning products duringin prior fiscal years, particularly those in the third quarterU.S., it has continued to sell these brands but has done so with a reduced level of fiscal year 2013. To date, no decisions have been made relative to the future strategic plans for these brands.investment.



Financial information about operating segments and product lines is included in Note 1615 – Business Segments and Foreign Operations of the consolidated financial statements, included in Item 15 of this report.

53


 

Sales and Marketing



The Company’s sales do not reflect any significant degree of seasonality. However, it is common for the Company’s sales to fluctuate from period to period or year to year due to various factors including, but not limited to, new or lost distribution, the number of product offerings carried by a customer and the level of promotional activities and programs being run at customer locations. New or lost distribution occurs when the Company gains or loses customers, when it gains or loses store count for a customer or when its products are added to new locations within a store or removed from existing locations.  From time to time, as part of new product offering launches, the Company may gain access to entirely new distribution channels. The number of product offerings refers to the number of brands and/or the number of products within each of those brands that the Company’s customers offer for sale to end user customers. The level of promotional activities and programs relates to the number of events or volumes of purchases by customers in support of off-shelf or promotional display activities. Changes in any one of these three factors or a combination of them can cause the Company’s sales levels to increase or decrease from period to period.  It is also common and/or possible that the Company could lose distribution or product offerings and experience a decrease in promotional activities and programs in one period and subsequently regain this business in a future period. The Company is accustomed to such fluctuations and manages this as part of its normal business activities.



Sources and Availability of Components and Raw Materials



The Company relies on a limited number of suppliers, including single or sole suppliers, for certain of its raw materials, packaging, product components and other necessary supplies. The Company’s primary components and raw materials include petroleum-based specialty chemicals and aerosol cans, and petroleum-based products, which are manufactured from commodities that are subject to volatile price changes. The availability of these components and raw materials is affected by a variety of supply and demand factors, including global market trends, plant capacity decisions and natural disasters. The Company expects these components and raw materials to continue to be readily available in the future, although the Company will continue to be exposed to volatile price changes.

 

Research and Development



The Company recognizes the importance of innovation and renovation to its long-term success and is focused on and committed to research and new product development activities.activities, primarily in its maintenance product group. The Company’s product development team engages in consumer research, product development, including those associated with the WD-40 Bike business unit, current product improvement and testing activities. The product development team also leverages its development capabilities by partnering with a network of outside resources including the Company’s current and prospective outsource suppliers. In addition, the research and development team engages in activities and product development efforts which are necessary to ensure that the Company meets all regulatory requirements for the formulation of its products. The Company incurred research and development expenses of $7.2$7.7 million, $5.1$9.0 million, and $5.5$6.9 million in fiscal years 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively. None of this research and development activity was customer-sponsored.



Manufacturing



The Company outsources directly or through its marketing distributors the manufacturing of its finished products to various third-party contract manufacturers. The Company or its marketing distributors use contract manufacturers in the United States,U.S., Canada, Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, Columbia, the U.K., Italy, Australia, Japan, China, South Korea and India. Although the Company does not typically have definitive minimum purchase obligations included in the contract terms with its contract manufacturers, when such obligations have been included, they have been immaterial to date. Supply needs are communicated by the Company to its contract manufacturers, and the Company is committed to purchase the products manufactured based on orders and short-term projections, ranging from two to five months, provided to the contract manufacturers. The Company also formulates and manufactures concentrate used in its WD-40 products at its own facilities and at third-party contract manufacturers.



In addition to the commitments to purchase products from contract manufacturers described above, the Company may also enter into commitments with other manufacturers from time to time to purchase finished goods and components to support innovation and renovation initiatives and/or supply chain initiatives.



6


Order Backlog



Order backlog is not a significant factor in the Company’s business.

4


Competition



The markets for the Company’s products, particularly those related to its homecare and cleaning products, are highly competitive. The Company’s products compete both within their own product classes as well as within product distribution channels, competing with many other products for store placement and shelf space. Competition in international markets varies by country. The Company is aware of many competing products, some of which sell for lower prices or are produced and marketed by companies with greater financial resources than those of the Company. The Company relies on the awareness of its brands among consumers, the value offered by those brands as perceived by consumers, product innovation and renovation and its multiple channel distributions as its primary strategies. New products typically encounter intense competition, which may require advertising and promotional support and activities. When or if a new product achieves consumer acceptance, ongoing advertising and promotional support may be required in order to maintain its relative market position.



Trademarks and Patents



The Company owns numerousa number of patents, but relies primarily upon its established trademarks, brand names and marketing efforts, including advertising and sales promotion,promotions, to compete effectively. The WD-40 brand, 3-IN-ONE, Blue Works, Lava, Solvol, X-14, 2000 Flushes, Carpet Fresh and No Vac, Spot Shot, GT85, and 1001 trademarks are registered or have pending registrationregistrations in various countries throughout the world.



Employees



At August 31, 2013,2016, the Company employed 369445 people worldwide: 154172 by the United StatesU.S. parent corporation; 67 by the Malaysia subsidiary; 911 by the Canada subsidiary; 134177 by the U.K. subsidiary (including 5982 in the U.K., 2634 in Germany, 2532 in France, 1618 in Spain and 811 in Italy); 1722 by the Australia subsidiary; 4554 by the China subsidiary; 2 by WD-40 Bike Company; and 2 by WD-40 Manufacturing Company, the Company’s manufacturing subsidiary. 



Financial Information about Foreign and Domestic Operations



For detailed information about the Company’s foreign and domestic operations, including net sales by reportable segment and long-lived assets by geography, refer to Note 1615 - Business Segments and Foreign Operations of the consolidated financial statements, included in Item 15 of this report.



Access to SEC Filings



The Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available through the Investors section of the Company’s website at www.wd40company.com. These reports can be accessed free of charge from the Company’s website as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such materials with, or furnishes them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Information contained on the Company’s website is not included as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this report.



Interested readers may also read and copy any materials that the Company files at the SEC Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Readers may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet site (www.sec.gov) that contains the Company’s reports.



Item 1A.  Risk Factors



The following risks and uncertainties, as well as other factors described elsewhere in this report or in other SEC filings by the Company, could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.



7


The Company’s financial results could suffer if the Company is unable to implement and successfully manage its core strategic initiatives or if the Company’s core strategic initiatives do not achieve the intended results.

There is no assurance that the Company will be able to implement and successfully manage its core strategic initiatives, including its five major strategic initiatives, or that the core strategic initiatives will achieve the intended results, which include sales volume growth. The Company’s five majorcore strategic initiatives include: (i) maximizing the WD-40 brandmulti-use product sales through geographic expansion and increased market penetration; (ii) leveraging the WD-40 brand to develop new products and categories withinby growing the Company’s prioritized platforms;WD-40 Specialist product line; (iii) expandingleveraging the strengths of the Company through a broadened product and revenue base; (iv) attracting, developing and retaining talented people; and (v) operating with excellence. An important part of the Company’s success depends on its continuing ability to attract, retain and develop highly qualified personnel. The Company’s future performance depends in

5


significant part on the continued service of its executive officers, key personnel and other talented people. The loss of the services of key employees could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and prospects. Competition for such personnel is intense, and there can be no assurance that the Company can retain its key employees or attract, assimilate and retain employee engagement in the future.  If the Company is unable to implement and successfully manage its core strategic initiatives in accordance with its business plans, the Company’s business and financial results could be adversely affected. Moreover, the Company cannot be certain that the implementation of its core strategic initiatives will necessarily advance its business or financial results as intended.



Cost increases or cost volatility in finished goods, components, raw materials, transportation and other necessary supplies or services could harm or impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.



Increases in the cost of finished goods, components and raw materials and increases in the cost of transportation and other necessary supplies or services may harm the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Petroleum-based productsspecialty chemicals and aerosol cans, which constitute a significant portion of the costs for many of the Company’s maintenance products, have experienced significant price volatility in the past, and may continue to do so in the future. FluctuationsIn particular, volatility in the price of oil directly impacts the cost of petroleum-based specialty chemicals which are indexed to the price of crude oil. Additionally, fluctuations in oil and diesel fuel prices have also historically impacted the Company’s cost of transporting its products.products among other input costs. If there are significant increases in the costs of components, raw materials and other expenses, and the Company is not able to increase the prices of its products or achieve cost savings to offset such cost increases, the Company’s gross margins and operating results will be negatively impacted. In addition, if the Company increases product sales prices in response to increases in the cost of such raw materials, and those raw material costs later decline significantly, the Company may not be able to sustain its sales prices at these higher levels. As component and raw material costs are the principal contributors to the cost of goods sold for all of the Company’s products, any significant fluctuation in the costs of components and raw materials could have a material impact on the gross margins realized on the Company’s products. Specifically, the costs of petroleum-based materials, which are included in many of the Company’s products, are exposed to fluctuations resulting from the increase in the cost of petroleum and there has been significant volatility in such costs in recent years. In the event there is significant volatility in the Company’s cost of goods or increases in raw material and/or component costs or the costs of transportation and other necessary supplies or services, the Company may not be able to maintain its gross margins if it chooses not to raise its product sales prices. Should the Company choose to increase product sales prices to offset cost increases, such increases may adversely affect demand and unit sales. Sustained increases in the cost of raw materials, components, transportation and other necessary supplies or services, or significant volatility in such costs, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.



RelianceGlobal operations outside the U.S. expose the Company to uncertain conditions, foreign currency exchange rate risk and other risks in international markets.

The Company’s sales outside of the U.S. were approximately 58% of consolidated net sales in fiscal year 2016 and one of its strategic initiatives includes maximizing the WD-40 multi-use product through geographic expansion and market penetration. As a result, the Company currently faces, and will continue to face, substantial risks associated with having increased global operations outside the U.S., including:

·

economic or political instability in the Company’s global markets, including Canada, Latin America, the Middle East, parts of Asia, Russia, Eastern Europe and the Eurozone countries;

·

restrictions on or costs relating to the repatriation of foreign profits to the U.S., including possible taxes or withholding obligations on any repatriations;

·

challenges associated with conducting business in foreign jurisdictions, including those related to the Company’s understanding of business laws and regulations in such foreign jurisdictions;

·

increasing tax complexity associated with operating in multiple tax jurisdictions;

·

dispersed employee base and compliance with employment regulations and other labor issues, such as labor laws and minimum wages, in countries outside the U.S.; and

·

the imposition of tariffs or trade restrictions and costs, burdens and restrictions associated with other governmental actions.

These risks could have a significant impact on the Company’s ability to sell its products on a limited base of third-party contract manufacturers, logistics providerscompetitive basis in global markets outside the U.S. and suppliers of raw materials and components may result in disruption tocould have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, and this could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.



Approximately 38% of the Company’s revenues in fiscal year 2016 were generated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, which is the reporting currency of the Company. In addition, all of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries have functional currencies other than the U.S. Dollar and the Company’s largest subsidiary is located in the U.K. and generates significant sales in Pound Sterling and Euro. As a result, the Company is also exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk with respect to its sales, expenses, profits, cash and cash equivalents, other assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. In particular, the Company’s financial results are negatively impacted when the foreign currencies in which its subsidiary offices operate weaken relative to the U.S. Dollar. Although the Company uses instruments to hedge certain foreign currency risks, primarily those associated with its U.K. subsidiary and converting accounts receivable and accounts payable balances denominated in non-functional currencies, it is not fully protected against foreign currency fluctuations and, therefore, the Company’s reported earnings may be affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Moreover, any favorable impacts to profit margins or financial results from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates are likely to be unsustainable over time.

6


As a result of the June 23, 2016 referendum by British voters to exit the European Union (“Brexit”), global markets and foreign currencies have been adversely impacted. In particular, the value of the Pound Sterling has sharply declined as compared to the U.S. Dollar and other currencies in the months following this vote. This volatility in foreign currencies is expected to continue as the U.K. negotiates and executes its exit from the European Union but it is uncertain over what time period this will occur. A significantly weaker Pound Sterling compared to the U.S. Dollar over a sustained period of time may have a significant negative effect on the Company’s results of operations.

Additionally, the Company’s global operations outside the U.S. are subject to risks relating to appropriate compliance with legal and regulatory requirements in local jurisdictions, potential difficulties in staffing and managing local operations, potentially higher incidence of fraud or corruption, credit risk of local customers and distributors and potentially adverse tax consequences. The uncertainties and likely complications resulting from Brexit may increase these risks for the Company’s European business operations.  As the Company relies on a limited number of third-partyfurther develops and grows its business operations outside the U.S., the Company is exposed to additional complexities and risks, particularly in China, Russia and emerging markets. In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, business practices that are prohibited by the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act or other applicable anti-corruption laws and regulations may be customary. Any failure to comply with these laws, even if inadvertent, could result in significant penalties or otherwise harm the Company’s reputation and business. Although the Company has adopted policies and contract manufacturers, logistics providers and suppliers, including single or sole source suppliers for certainterms to mandate compliance with these laws, there can be no assurance that all of its raw materials, packaging, product componentsemployees, contractors and other necessary supplies. The Company does not have direct control over the management or business of these third parties, except indirectly through terms negotiated in service or supply contracts. Should the terms of doing businessagents will comply with the Company’s primary third-party contract manufacturers, suppliers and/or logistics providers change or should the Company have a disagreement with orrequirements. Violations of these laws could be unable to maintain relationships with such third parties or should such third parties experience financial difficulties,costly and disrupt the Company’s business, may be disrupted.  In addition, if the Company is unable to contract with third-party manufacturers or suppliers for the quantity and quality levels needed forwhich could have a material adverse effect on its business, the Company could experience disruptions in productionfinancial condition and its financial results could be adversely affected.of operations



Global economic conditions may negatively impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.



A general weakening or decline in the global economy or a reduction in industrial outputs, business or consumer spending or confidence could delay or significantly decrease purchases of the Company’s products by its customers including mass retail and home center stores, warehouse club stores, grocery stores, hardware stores, automotive parts outlets and industrial distributors and suppliers.end users. Consumer purchases of discretionary items, which could include the Company’s multi-purpose maintenance products and homecare and cleaning products, may decline during periods where disposable income is reduced or there is economic uncertainty, and this may negatively impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. During unfavorable or uncertain economic times, consumersend users may also increase purchases of lower-priced or non-branded products and the Company’s competitors

8


may increase their level of promotional activities to maintain sales volumes, both of which may negatively impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. In addition, adverse global economic conditions could result in a lower level of manufacturing and industrial activities, particularly in areas such as China where the Company primarily sells its products through the industrial channel.

The Company’s sales and operating results may be affected by uncertain or changing economic and market conditions, including inflation, deflation, prolonged weak consumer demand, political instability or other changes which may affect the principal markets in which the Company conducts its business.  If economic or market conditions in the United States or other key global markets deteriorate, the Company may experience material adverse effects on its business, financial condition and results of operations. In recent years, the banking system and financial markets have experienced disruptions, including among other things, bank failures and consolidations, diminished liquidity and credit availability and rating downgrades. In addition, global markets have continued to experience adverse conditions in recent periods, particularly in Europe where there are ongoing concerns regarding the increased sovereign debt levels in several countries and the inability of some of those countries to meet future financial obligations, and the associated overall volatility of the Euro currency. Although these factors are outside of the Company’s control, they directly affect its business. The slow pace of economic recovery or any new economic downturn or recession could cause the Company’s customers to delay or significantly decrease their purchases, which could reduce the Company’s future sales and negatively impact its results of operations and cash flows.



Adverse economic and market conditions could also harm the Company’s business by negatively affecting the parties with whom it does business, including its customers, retailers, distributors and wholesalers, and third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers. These conditions could impair the ability of the Company’s customers to pay for products they have purchased from the Company. As a result, allowances for doubtful accounts and write-offs of accounts receivable from the Company’s customers may increase. In addition, the Company’s third-party contract manufacturers and its suppliers may experience financial difficulties that could negatively affect their operations and their ability to supply the Company with finished goods and the raw materials, packaging, and components required for the Company’s products.



If the success and reputation of one or more of the Company’s leading brands erodes, its business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

The financial success of the Company is directly dependent on the success and reputation of its brands, particularly its WD-40 brand. The success and reputation of the Company’s brands can suffer if marketing plans or product development and improvement initiatives do not have the desired impact on the brands’ image or do not attract customers as intended.  The Company’s brands can also be adversely impacted due to the activities and pressures placed on them by the Company’s competitors. Further, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted if one of its leading brands suffers damage to its reputation due to real or perceived quality or safety issues.  Quality issues, which can lead to large scale recalls of the Company’s products, can be due to items such as product contamination, regulatory non-compliance, packaging errors, incorrect ingredients or components in the Company’s product or low quality ingredients in the Company’s products due to suppliers delivering items that do not meet the Company’s specifications. Product quality issues, which could include lower product efficacy due to formulation changes attributable to regulatory requirements, could also result in decreased customer confidence in the Company’s brands and a decline in product quality could result in product liability

7


claims. Although the Company makes every effort to prevent brand erosion and preserve its reputation and the reputation of its brands, there can be no assurance that such efforts will be successful.

Sales unit volume growth may be difficult to achieve.



The Company’s ability to achieve sales volume growth will depend on its ability to (i) execute its core strategic initiatives, (ii) drive growth within its existing markets through innovation, renovation and enhanced merchandising and marketing of its established brands, (iii) introduce its products to new users and (iv)(iii) capture market share from its competitors. It is more difficult for the Company to achieve sales volume growth in mature markets where the Company’s products are widely used as compared to in developing or emerging markets where the Company’s products have been newly introduced or are not as well known by consumers. In order to protect the Company’s existing market share or capture additional market share from its competitors, the Company may need to increase its expenditures related to promotions and advertising or introduce and establish new products or product lines. In past periods, the Company has also increased sales prices on certain of its products in response to increased costs for components and raw materials. Sales price increases may slow sales volume growth or create declines in volume in the short term as customers adjust to sales price increases.  In addition, a change in the strategies of the Company’s existing customers, including shelf simplification, the discontinuation of certain product offerings or the shift in shelf space to competitors’ products could reduce the Company’s sales and potentially offset sales volume increases achieved as a result of other sales growth initiatives.  If the Company is unable to increase market share in its existing product lines by developing product improvements, investing adequately in its existing brands, building usage among new customers, developing, acquiring or successfully launching new products or product line extensions, or successfully penetrating new and developing markets globally, the Company may not achieve its sales volume growth objectives.



Government laws and regulations, including environmental laws and regulations, could result in material costs or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The manufacturing, chemical composition, packaging, storage, distribution and labeling of the Company’s products and the manner in which the Company’s business operations are conducted must comply with an extensive array of federal, state and foreign laws and regulations. If the Company is not successful in complying with the requirements of all such regulations, it could be fined or other actions could be taken against the Company by the applicable governing body, including the possibility of a required product recall. Any such regulatory action could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. It is also possible that governments and regulatory agencies will increase regulation, including the adoption of further regulations relating to the transportation, storage or use of certain chemicals, to enhance homeland security or protect the environment and such increased regulation could negatively impact the Company’s ability to obtain raw materials, components and/or finished goods or could result in increased costs. In the event that such regulations result in increased product costs, the Company may not be in a position to raise selling prices, and therefore an increase in costs could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Some of the Company’s products have chemical compositions that are controlled by various state, federal and international laws and regulations, such as regulations issued by the California Air Resources Board relating to permitted levels of volatile organic compounds. The Company is required to comply with these laws and regulations and it seeks to anticipate regulatory developments that could impact the Company’s ability to continue to produce and market its products. The Company invests in research and development to maintain product formulations that comply with such laws and regulations. There can be no assurance that the Company will not be required to alter the chemical composition of one or more of the Company’s products in a way that will have an adverse effect upon the product’s efficacy or marketability. A delay or other inability of the Company to complete product research and development and successfully reformulate its products in response to any such regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company is subject to an SEC rule mandated by Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act that requires management to conduct annual due diligence to determine whether certain minerals and metals, known as “conflict minerals”, are contained in the Company’s products and, if so, whether they originate from the Democratic Republic of Congo (“DRC”) or adjoining countries. Although the Company’s current products do not contain such conflict minerals and the Company has concluded this in its annual evaluations to date, the Company’s supply chain structure is complex. As a result, management may have difficulty determining whether these materials exist within the Company’s products in future periods, and if the Company were to conclude that these materials exist within the Company’s products in future periods, the Company may have difficulty verifying the origin of such materials for purposes of disclosures required by the SEC rules.

The Company is also subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations that impose various environmental controls on its business operations, including, among other things, the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the handling, use, treatment, storage and clean-up of solid and hazardous wastes and the investigation and remediation of soil and groundwater affected by hazardous substances. Such laws and regulations may otherwise relate to various health and safety matters that impose burdens upon the Company’s operations. These laws and regulations also impose strict, retroactive and joint and several liability for the

8


costs of, and damages resulting from, cleaning up current sites, past spills, disposals and other releases of hazardous substances. The Company believes that its expenditures related to environmental matters have not had, and are not currently expected to have, a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, the environmental laws under which the Company operates are complicated, often become increasingly more stringent and may be applied retroactively. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be required to incur additional expenditures to remain in or to achieve compliance with environmental laws in the future or that any such additional expenditures will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

Additional laws and regulations require that the Company carefully manage its supply chain for the production, distribution and sale of goods.  For instance, regulations under the California Transparency in Supply Chains Act and the U.K. Modern Slavery Act require attention to the employment practices of our suppliers.  Various regulations affect the packaging, labelling and shipment of our products, including the Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals which is applicable in many countries worldwide, and regulations issued by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, and similar foreign jurisdiction regulatory agencies.  Our failure to comply with any of these regulations or our inability to adequately predict the manner in which these regulations are interpreted and applied to our business by the applicable enforcement agencies could have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to maximize or to successfully assert the Company’s intellectual property rights or infringement by the Company on the intellectual property rights of others could impact its competitiveness or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company relies on trademark, trade secret protection, patent and copyright laws to protect its intellectual property rights. Although the Company maintains a global enforcement program to protect its intellectual property rights, there can be no assurance that these intellectual property rights will be maximized or that they can be successfully asserted.  Trade secret protection, particularly for the Company’s most valuable product formulation for the WD-40 multi-use product, requires specific agreements, policies and procedures to assure the secrecy of information classified as a trade secret.  If such agreements, policies and procedures are not effective to maintain the secrecy of the Company’s trade secrets, the loss of trade secret protection could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition. There is a risk that the Company will not be able to obtain and perfect its own intellectual property rights or, where appropriate, license intellectual property rights necessary to support new product introductions or acquired product lines. The Company cannot be certain that these rights, if obtained, will not be invalidated, circumvented or challenged in the future, and the Company could incur significant costs in connection with legal actions to defend its intellectual property rights. In addition, even if such rights are obtained in the U.S., it may be that the laws of some of the other countries in which the Company’s products are or may be sold do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, or they may be difficult to enforce. If other companies infringe the Company’s intellectual property rights or take part in counterfeiting activities, they may dilute the value of the Company’s brands in the marketplace, which could diminish the value that consumers associate with the Company’s brands and harm its sales. The failure of the Company to protect or successfully assert its intellectual property rights or to protect its other proprietary information could make the Company less competitive and this could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

If the Company is found to have violated the trademark, copyright, patent or other intellectual property rights of others, such a finding could result in the need to cease the use of a trademark, trade secret, copyrighted work or patented invention in the Company’s business and an obligation to pay a substantial amount for past infringement. It could also be necessary to pay a substantial amount in the future if the holders of such rights are willing to permit the Company to continue to use the intellectual property rights. Either having to cease use or pay such amounts could make the Company less competitive and could have a material adverse impact on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Malfunctions of the critical information systems that the Company uses for the daily operations of its business, cyberattacks and privacy breaches could adversely affect the Company’s ability to conduct business.

To conduct its business, the Company relies extensively on information technology systems, networks and services, some of which are managed, hosted and provided by third-party service providers. System failure, malfunction or loss of data which is housed in the Company’s critical information systems could disrupt its ability to timely and accurately process transactions and produce key financial reports, including information on the Company’s operating results, financial position and cash flows. In addition, information technology security threats and more sophisticated computer crime pose a potential risk to the security of the Company’s information technology systems and networks, as well as to the confidentiality, availability and integrity of the Company’s data. The Company’s information systems could be damaged or cease to function properly due to a number of reasons, including catastrophic events, power outages and security breaches. A security breach resulting in the unauthorized release of sensitive data from the Company’s information systems could also materially increase the costs that the Company

9


already incurs to protect against such risks. Although the Company has certain business continuity plans in place to address such service interruptions, there is no guarantee that these business continuity plans will provide alternative processes in a timely manner.  As a result, the Company may experience interruptions in its ability to manage its daily operations and this could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The information system that the U.S. office uses for its business operations is a market specific application which is not widely used by other companies. The company that owns and supports this application may not be able to provide the same level of support as that of companies which own larger, more widely spread information systems. If the company that supports this application in the U.S. were to cease its operations or were unable to provide continued support for this application, it could adversely affect the Company’s daily operations or its business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the Company’s U.K. subsidiary has been in the process of implementing a major upgrade to its critical information system. The final phase of this implementation is expected to be completed in fiscal year 2017. This information system is being used by the U.K. subsidiary to process all of the daily transactions for the U.K. subsidiary and its branch offices located in Europe and to produce key financial reports for the European operations. If the U.K. subsidiary experiences difficulties in completing the final phase of this implementation at its various locations, the Company may experience interruptions in its ability to manage its daily operations and report financial results and this could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company faces significant competition in its markets which could lead to reduced sales and profitability.



The Company faces significant competition from other consumer products companies, both in the U.S. and in other global markets. Many of the Company’s products, particularly its homecare and cleaning products, compete with other widely advertised brands within each product category and with “private label” brands and “generic” non-branded products of the Company’s customers in certain categories, which are typically sold at lower prices.  The Company also encounters competition from similar and alternative products, many of which are produced and marketed by major national or multinational companies. In addition, from time to time the Company frequently discovers products in the marketplacecertain markets that are counterfeit reproductions of its products.the Company’s WD-40 products as well as products otherwise bearing an infringing trade dress. The availability of counterfeits of the Company’sand other infringing products, particularly in China, Russia and Russia,emerging markets, could adversely impact the Company’s sales and potentially damage the value and reputation of its brands.

9


 

The Company’s products generally compete on the basis of product performance, brand recognition, price, quality or other benefits to consumers and meeting end usersusers’ needs. Advertising, promotions, merchandising and packaging also have a significant impact on consumer purchasing decisions. A newly introduced consumer product, whether improved or recently developed, usually encounters intense competition requiring substantial expenditures for advertising, sales and consumer promotion. If a product gains consumer acceptance, it normally requires continued advertising, promotional support and product improvements in order to maintain its relative market position.



Some of the competitors for the Company’s competitorshomecare and cleaning products are larger and have financial resources greater than those of the Company. These competitors may be able to spend more aggressively on advertising and promotional activities, introduce competing products more quickly and respond more effectively to changing business and economic conditions than the Company. In addition, the Company’s competitors may attempt to gain market share and shelf space by offering products at sales prices at or below those typically offered by the Company.



Competitive activity may require the Company to increase its investment in marketing or reduce its sales prices and this may lead to reduced profit margins,  a loss of market share or loss of distribution, each of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors or that competitive pressures faced by the Company will not have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Global operations outsideor the U.S. expose the Company to uncertain conditions, foreign currency exchange rate risk and other risks in international markets.

The Company’s sales outside of the U.S. were approximately 61% of consolidated net sales in fiscal year 2013 and oneinfringement of its core strategic initiatives includes maximizing the WD-40 brand through geographic expansionproducts and market penetration. As a result, the Company currently faces, andbrands will continue to face, substantial risks associated with having increased global operations outside the U.S., including:

·

economic or political instability in the Company’s international markets, including Latin America, the Middle East, parts of Asia, Russia, Eastern Europe and the Eurozone countries;

·

restrictions on or costs relating to the repatriation of foreign profits to the U.S., including possible taxes or withholding obligations on any repatriations;

·

challenges associated with conducting business in foreign jurisdictions;

·

increasing complexity associated with operating in multiple international tax jurisdictions;

·

dispersed employee base and compliance with employment regulations and other labor issues, including unionization and minimum wages, in countries outside the U.S.; and

·

the imposition of tariffs or trade restrictions and costs, burdens and restrictions associated with other governmental actions.

These risks could have a significant impact on the Company’s ability to sell its products on a competitive basis in global markets outside the U.S. and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company is also exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk with respect to its sales, expenses, profits, assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Although the Company uses instruments to hedge certain foreign currency risks, primarily those associated with its U.K. subsidiary, it is not fully protected against foreign currency fluctuations and, therefore, the Company’s reported earnings may be affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Moreover, any favorable impacts to profit margins or financial results from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates are likely to be unsustainable over time. Also, the current and ongoing European financial restructuring efforts may cause the value of the European currencies, particularly the Euro, to further deteriorate, thus reducing the purchasing power of certain European customers, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, the Company’s global operations outside the U.S. are subject to risks relating to appropriate compliance with legal and regulatory requirements in local jurisdictions, potential difficulties in staffing and managing local operations, potentially higher incidence of fraud or corruption, credit risk of local customers and distributors and potentially adverse tax consequences. Also, as the Company further develops and grows its business operations outside the U.S., the Company may be exposed to additional complexities and risks, particularly in

10


emerging markets such as China. In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, it may be a local custom for a company which operates in such countries to engage in business practices that are prohibited by the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act or other applicable laws and regulations. Although the Company has adopted policies and contract terms to mandate compliance with these laws, there can be no assurance that all of its employees, contractors and agents will comply with the Company’s requirements. Violations of these laws could be costly and disrupt the Company’s business, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.



Dependence on key customers could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.



The Company sells its products through a network of domestic and international mass retail and consumer retailers as well as industrial distributors and suppliers. The retail industry has historically been the subject of consolidation, due to economic events, and as a result, the development of large chain stores has taken place. Today, the retail channel in the U.S. is comprised of several of these large chain stores that capture the bulk of the market share. Since many of the Company’s customers have been part of the consolidation in the retail industry, these limited customers account for a large percentage of the Company’s net sales. TheAlthough the Company expects that a significant portion of its revenues will continue to be derived from this limited number of customers.customers, there was no individual customer that contributed to more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated net sales in fiscal year 2016. As a result, changes in the strategies of the Company’s largest customers, including shelf simplification, a reduction in the number of brands they carry or a shift in shelf space to “private label” or competitors’ products, may harm the Company’s sales. The loss of, or reduction in, orders from any of the Company’s most significant customers could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s brand values, business, financial condition and results of operations. Large customers may seek price reductions,

10


added support or promotional concessions. If the Company agrees to such customer demands and/or requests, it could negatively impact the Company’s ability to maintain existing profit margins.



In addition, the Company’s business is based primarily upon individual sales orders, and the Company typically does not enter into long-term contracts with its customers. Accordingly, these customers could reduce their purchasing levels or cease buying products from the Company at any time and for any reason. The Company is also subject to changes in customer purchasing patterns or the level of promotional activities. These types of changes may result from changes in the manner in which customers purchase and manage inventory levels, or display and promote products within their stores. Other potential factors such as customer disputes regarding shipments, fees, merchandise condition or related matters may also impact operating results. If the Company ceases doing business with a significant customer or if sales of its products to a significant customer materially decrease, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed.

Government regulations and environmental laws and regulations could result in material costs or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The manufacturing, chemical composition, packaging, storage, distribution and labeling of the Company’s products and the manner in which the Company’s business operations are conducted must comply with extensive federal, state and foreign laws and regulations, such as the California Air Resources Board (“CARB”) regulations and the California Transparency in Supply Chains Act as well as many others in the United States. In addition, the Company’s international operations are subject to regulations in each of the foreign jurisdictions in which it manufactures, distributes and sells its products. If the Company is not successful in complying with the requirements of all such regulations or changes to existing regulations, it could be fined or other actions could be taken against the Company by the governing body and this could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. It is also possible that governments will increase regulation of the transportation, storage or use of certain chemicals, to enhance homeland security or protect the environment and such regulation could negatively impact the Company’s ability to obtain raw materials, components and/or finished goods or could result in increased costs. In the event that such regulations result in increased product costs, the Company may not be in a position to raise selling prices, and therefore an increase in costs could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Some of the Company’s products have chemical compositions that are controlled by various state, federal and international laws and regulations. The Company is required to comply with these laws and regulations and it seeks to anticipate regulatory developments that could impact the Company’s ability to continue to produce and market its products. The Company invests in research and development to maintain product formulations that comply with such laws and regulations. There can be no assurance that the Company will not be required to alter the chemical composition of one or more of the Company’s products in a way that will have an adverse effect upon the product’s

11


efficacy or marketability. A delay or other inability of the Company to complete product research and development and successfully reformulate its products in response to any such regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company is subject to a new SEC rule mandated by Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and this rule will require management to conduct due diligence and disclose and report on whether certain minerals and metals, known as “conflict minerals”, are contained in the Company’s products and whether they originate from the Democratic Republic of Congo (“DRC”) and adjoining countries. Among other things, the implementation of this rule could adversely affect the sourcing, availability and pricing of such materials if they are found to be used in the manufacture of the Company’s products, and this in turn could affect the costs associated with the Company’s products. In addition, there will be ongoing costs associated with the compliance and disclosures for this new rule. Since the Company’s supply chain structure is complex, management may have difficulty verifying the origin of these materials and if they exist within the Company’s products and, as a result, the Company may be unable to certify that its products are DRC conflict mineral free.

The Company is also subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations that impose various environmental controls on its business operations, including, among other things, the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the handling, use, treatment, storage and clean-up of solid and hazardous wastes and the investigation and remediation of soil and groundwater affected by hazardous substances. Such laws and regulations may otherwise relate to various health and safety matters that impose burdens upon the Company’s operations. These laws and regulations govern actions that may have adverse environmental effects and also require compliance with certain practices when handling and disposing of hazardous wastes. These laws and regulations also impose strict, retroactive and joint and several liability for the costs of, and damages resulting from, cleaning up current sites, past spills, disposals and other releases of hazardous substances. The Company believes that its expenditures related to environmental matters have not had, and are not currently expected to have, a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, the environmental laws under which the Company operates are complicated, often become increasingly more stringent and may be applied retroactively. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be required to incur additional expenditures to remain in or to achieve compliance with environmental laws in the future or that any such additional expenditures will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

If the success and reputation of one or more of the Company’s leading brands erodes, its business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

The financial success of the Company is directly dependent on the success and reputation of its brands, particularly its WD-40 brand.   The success and reputation of the Company’s brands can suffer if marketing plans or product development and improvement initiatives do not have the desired impact on the brands’ image or do not attract customers as intended.  The Company’s brands can also be adversely impacted due to the activities and pressures placed on them by the Company’s competitors.   Further, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted if one of its leading brands suffers damage to its reputation due to real or perceived quality or safety issues.  Quality issues, which can lead to large scale recalls of the Company’s products, can be due to items such as product contamination, packaging errors and incorrect ingredients in the Company’s product. Although the Company makes every effort to prevent brand erosion and preserve its reputation and the reputation of its brands, there can be no assurance that such efforts will be successful.



The Company may not successfully develop, introduce and /or establish new products and line extensions.



The Company’s future performance and growth depend, in part, on its ability to successfully develop, introduce and/or establish new products as both brand extensions and/or line extensions. The Company cannot be certain that it will successfully achieve those goals. The Company competes in several product categories where there are frequent introductions of new products and line extensions and such product introductions often require significant investment and support. The ability of the Company to understand consumer preferences is key to maintaining and improving the competitiveness of its product offerings. The development and introduction of new products, as well as the renovation of current products and product lines, require substantial and effective research, development and marketing expenditures, which the Company may be unable to recoup if the new or renovated products do not gain widespread market acceptance. There are inherent risks associated with new product development and marketing efforts, including product development or launch delays, product performance issues during development, changing regulatory frameworks that affect the new products in development and the availability of key raw materials included in such products. These inherent risks could result in the failure of new products and product line

12


extensions to achieve anticipated levels of market acceptance, additional costs resulting from failed product introductions and the Company not being first to market. As the Company continues to focus on innovation and renovation of its products, the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected in the event that the Company is not able to effectively develop and introduce new or renovated products and line or brand extensions.



Goodwill and intangible assets are subject to impairment risk.



In accordance with the authoritative accounting guidance on goodwill intangibles and other,intangibles, the Company assesses the potential impairment of its existing goodwill during the second fiscal quarter of each fiscal year and otherwise when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment condition may exist. The Company also assesses its definite-lived intangible assets for potential impairment when events and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable and/or its estimated remaining useful life may no longer be appropriate.  Indicators such as underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, changes in the Company’s strategy for its overall business or use of acquired assets, unexpected negative industry or economic trends, decline in the Company’s stock price for a sustained period, decreased market capitalization relative to net book values, unanticipated technological change or competitive activities, loss of key distribution, change in consumer demand, loss of key personnel and acts by governments and courts may signal that an asset has become impaired.



During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, as partThe assessment for possible impairment of the Company’s ongoing evaluation of potential strategic alternatives for certain of its homecaregoodwill and cleaning products, the Company determined based on its review of events and circumstances that there were indicators of impairment for the Carpet Fresh and 2000 Flushes trade names. Management accordingly performed the Step 1 recoverability test for these two trade names and based on the results of this analysis, it was determined that the total of the undiscounted cash flows significantly exceeded the carrying value for the Carpet Fresh asset group and that no impairment existed for this trade name as of August 31, 2013. However, the Step 1 analysis indicated that the carrying value of the asset group for the 2000 Flushes exceeded its undiscounted future cash flows, and consequently, a second phase of the impairment test (“Step 2”) was performed specificintangible assets requires management to the 2000 Flushes trade name to determine whether this trade name is impaired. Based on the results of this Step 2 analysis, the 2000 Flushes asset group’s estimated fair value was determined to be lower than its carrying value. Consequently, the Company recorded a non-cash, before tax impairment charge of $1.1 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013 to reduce the carrying value of the 2000 Flushes asset to its fair value.

An intangible asset valuation is dependentmake judgments on a number of significant estimates and assumptions, including macroeconomic conditions, overall category growth rates, sales growth rates, cost containment and margin expansion and expense levels for advertising and promotions and general overhead, all of which must be developed from a market participant standpoint. While the Company believes that the estimates and assumptions used in such analyses are reasonable, actual events and results could differ substantially from those included in the valuation. In the event that business conditions change in the future, the Company may be required to reassess and update its forecasts and estimates used in subsequent impairment analyses. If the results of these future analyses are lower than current estimates, an additional impairment charge may result at that time. For additional information, refer to the information set forth in Note 6 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets of the consolidated financial statements, included in Item 15 of this report.

The Company’s business development activities may not be successful.

The Company seeks to increase growth through business development activities such as acquisitions, joint ventures, licensing and/or other strategic partnerships in the United States and internationally. However, if the Company is not able to identify, acquire and successfully integrate acquired products or companies or successfully manage joint ventures or other strategic partnerships, the Company may not be able to maximize these opportunities. The failure to properly manage business development activities because of difficulties in the assimilation of operations and products, the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns, the loss of key employees or other factors could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company’s business development activities will be profitable at their inception or that they will achieve sales levels and profitability that justify the investments made.

Future acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic partnerships could also result in the incurrence of debt, potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets and/or increased operating expenses, all of which could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations

13


and financial condition. In addition, to the extent that the economic benefits associated with any of the Company’s business development activities diminish in the future, the Company may be required to record impairments toa significant charge in its consolidated financial statements during the period in which any impairment of its goodwill or intangible assets or other assets associated with such activities, whichis identified and this could also adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s operating results and financial performance may not meet expectations which could adversely affect the Company’s stock price.

The Company cannot be sure that its operating results and financial performance, which include sales growth, net income, earnings per common share, gross margin and cash flows, will meet expectations. If the Company’s assumptions and estimates are incorrect or do not come to fruition, or if the Company does not achieve all of its key goals or core strategic initiatives, then the Company’s actual performance could vary materially from its internal expectations and those of the market. Failure to meet or exceed these expectations could cause the market price of the Company’s stock to decline. The Company’s operating results and financial performance may be negatively influenced by a number of factors, many of which are discussed in this Item 1A “Risk Factors”.

In addition, sales volume growth, whether due to acquisitions or internal growth, can place burdens on management resources and financial controls that, in turn, can have a negative impact on operating results and financial condition of the Company. To some extent, the Company plans its expense levels in anticipation of future revenues. If actual revenues fall short of these expectations, operating results may be adversely affected by reduced operating margins due to actual expense levels that are higher than might otherwise have been appropriate.

Failure to maximize or to successfully assert the Company’s intellectual property rights or infringement by the Company on the intellectual property rights of others could impact its competitiveness or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Although the Company has recorded significant impairments to certain of its intangible assets in prior fiscal years, no such impairments have been identified or recorded to its goodwill. Changes in management estimates and assumptions as they relate to valuation of goodwill and intangible assets could affect the Company’s financial condition or results of operations in the future.



The Company relies on trademark, trade secret, patent and copyright laws to protectmay also divest of certain of its intellectual property rights. Although the Company has established a global enforcement program to protect its intellectual property rights, there can be no assuranceassets, businesses or brands that these intellectual property rights will be maximized or that they can be successfully asserted. There is a risk that the Company will not be able to obtain and perfect its own intellectual property rights or, where appropriate, license intellectual property rights necessary to support new product introductions. The Company cannot be certain that these rights, if obtained, will not be invalidated, circumvented or challenged in the future, and the Company could incur significant costs in connection with legal actions to defend its intellectual property rights. In addition, even if such rights are obtained in the United States, it may be that the laws of some of the other countries in which the Company’s products are or may be sold do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, or they may be difficult to enforce. If other companies infringe the Company’s intellectual property rights or take part in counterfeiting activities, they may dilute the value of the Company’s brands in the marketplace, which could diminish the value that consumers associatealign with the Company’s brands and harm its sales. The failurestrategic initiatives. Any divestiture could negatively impact the profitability of the Company as a result of losses that may result from such a sale, the loss of sales and operating income or a decrease in cash flows subsequent to protect or successfully assert its intellectual property rights orthe divestiture. The Company may also be required to protect its other proprietary information could make the Company less competitive and could haverecognize impairment charges as a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and resultsresult of operations.a divesture.

11

 


If the Company is found to have violated the trademark, trade secret, copyright, patent or other intellectual property rights of others, such a finding could result in the need to cease the use of a trademark, trade secret, copyrighted work or patented invention in the Company’s business and an obligation to pay a substantial amount for past infringement. It could also be necessary to pay a substantial amount in the future if the holders of such rights are willing to permit the Company to continue to use the intellectual property rights. Either having to cease use or pay such amounts could make the Company less competitive and could have a material adverse impact on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in marketing distributor relationships that are not managed successfully by the Company could result in a disruption in the affected markets.



The Company distributes its products throughout the world in one of two ways: the Direct Distributiondirect distribution model, in which products are sold directly by the Company to wholesalers and retailers in the U.S., Canada, Australia, China, the U.K. and a number of other countries throughout Europe; and the Marketing Distributormarketing distributor model, in which products are sold to marketing distributors who in turn sell to wholesalers and retailers. The Marketing Distributormarketing distributor model is generally used in certain countries where the Company does not have direct Company-owned operations. Instead, the Company partners with local companies who perform the sales, marketing and distribution functions.

14


The Company invests time and resources ininto these relationships. Should the Company’s relationship with a marketing distributor change or terminate, the Company’s sales within such marketing distributor’s territory could be adversely impacted until such time as a suitable replacement could be found and the Company’s key marketing strategies implemented. There is a risk that changes in such marketing distributor relationships, including changes in key marketing distributor personnel, that are not managed successfully, could result in a disruption in the affected markets and that such disruption could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, in some countries, local laws may require substantial payments to terminate existing marketing distributor relationships, which could also have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.



ResolutionReliance on a limited base of income tax mattersthird-party contract manufacturers, logistics providers and suppliers of raw materials and components may impactresult in disruption to the Company’s business and this could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.



Significant judgment is requiredThe Company relies on a limited number of third-party contract manufacturers, logistics providers and suppliers, including single or sole source suppliers for certain of its raw materials, packaging, product components and other necessary supplies. The Company does not have direct control over the management or business of these third parties, except indirectly through terms negotiated in determiningservice or supply contracts. Should the terms of doing business with the Company’s effective income tax rate and in evaluating tax positions, particularly those relatedprimary third-party contract manufacturers, suppliers and/or logistics providers change or should the Company have a disagreement with or be unable to uncertain tax positions. The Company provides for uncertain tax positions whenmaintain relationships with such tax positions do not meet the recognition thresholdsthird parties or measurement standards prescribed by the accounting standard for uncertain tax positions. Changes in uncertain tax positions or other adjustments resulting from tax audits and settlements with taxing authorities, including related interest and penalties, impactshould such third parties experience financial difficulties, the Company’s effective tax rate. When particular tax matters arise, a number of yearsbusiness may elapse before such matters are auditedbe disrupted.  In addition, if the Company is unable to contract with third-party manufacturers or suppliers for the quantity and finally resolved. Favorable resolution of such mattersquality levels needed for its business, the Company could experience disruptions in production and its financial results could be recognized as a reduction to the Company’s effective tax rate in the year of resolution. Unfavorable resolution of any tax matter could increase the Company’s effective tax rate. Any resolution of a tax matter may require the adjustment of tax assets or tax liabilities or the use of cash in the year of resolution. For additional information, refer to the information set forth in Note 13 – Income Taxes of the consolidated financial statements, included in Item 15 of this report.adversely affected.



Product liability claims and other litigation and/or regulatory action could adversely affect the Company’s sales and operating results.



While the Company makes every effort to ensure that the products it develops and markets are safe for consumers, the use of the Company’s products may expose the Company to liability claims resulting from such use. Claims could be based on allegations that, among other things, the Company’s products contain contaminants, provide inadequate instructions regarding their use or inadequate warnings concerning their use or interactions with other substances. Product liability claims could result in negative publicity that could harm the Company’s sales and operating results. The Company maintains product liability insurance that it believes will be adequate to protect the Company from material loss attributable to such claims but the extent of such loss could exceed available limits of insurance or could arise out of circumstances under which such insurance coverage would be unavailable. Other business activities of the Company may also expose the Company to litigation risks, including risks that may not be covered by insurance such as contract disputes. If successful claims are asserted by third parties against the Company for uninsured liabilities or liabilities in excess of applicable limits of insurance coverage, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, if one of the Company’s products werewas determined to be defective, the Company could be required to recall the product, which could result in adverse publicity, loss of revenues and significant expenses.



Additionally, the Company’s products may be associated with competitor products or other products in the same category, which may be alleged to have caused harm to consumers. As a result of this association, the Company may be named in unwarranted legal actions. The potential costs to defend such claims may materially affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.



The CompanyCompany’s operating results and financial performance may experience difficulties with or malfunctions of the critical information systems that it uses for the daily operations of its business and thisnot meet expectations which could adversely affect the Company’s business,stock price.

The Company cannot be sure that its operating results and financial performance, which include sales growth, net income, earnings per common share, gross margin and cash flows, will meet expectations. If the Company’s assumptions and estimates are incorrect or do not come to fruition, or if the Company does not achieve all of its key goals or strategic initiatives, then the

12


Company’s actual performance could vary materially from its internal expectations and those of the market. Failure to meet or exceed these expectations could cause the market price of the Company’s stock to decline. The Company’s operating results and financial performance may be negatively influenced by a number of factors, many of which are discussed in this Item 1A “Risk Factors”.

In addition, sales volume growth, whether due to acquisitions or internal growth, can place burdens on management resources and financial controls that, in turn, can have a negative impact on operating results and financial condition of the Company. To some extent, the Company plans its expense levels in anticipation of future revenues. If actual revenues fall short of these expectations, operating results may be adversely affected by reduced operating margins due to actual expense levels that are higher than might otherwise have been appropriate.

Resolution of income tax matters may impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.



Significant judgment is required in determining the Company’s effective income tax rate and in evaluating tax positions, particularly those related to uncertain tax positions. The Company relies extensively on information technology systems, networksprovides for uncertain tax positions when such tax positions do not meet the recognition thresholds or measurement standards prescribed by the accounting standard for uncertain tax positions. Changes in uncertain tax positions or other adjustments resulting from tax audits and services, some of which are managed, hostedsettlements with taxing authorities, including related interest and provided by third-party service providers, to conduct its business. System failure, malfunction or loss of data which is housed inpenalties, impact the Company’s critical information systems could disrupt its ability to timely and accurately process transactions and produce key financial reports, including information on the Company’s operating results, financial position and cash flows. In addition, information technology security threats and more sophisticated computer crime pose a potential risk to the security of the Company’s information technology systems and networks, as well as to the confidentiality, availability and integrity of the Company’s data. The Company’s information systems could be damaged or cease to function properly due toeffective tax rate. When particular tax matters arise, a number of reasons, includingyears may elapse before such matters are audited and finally resolved. Favorable resolution of such matters could be recognized as a reduction to the Company’s effective tax rate in the year of resolution. Unfavorable resolution of any tax matter could increase the Company’s effective tax rate. Any resolution of a tax matter may require the adjustment of tax assets or tax liabilities or the use of cash in the year of resolution. For additional information, refer to the information set forth in Note 12 – Income Taxes of the consolidated financial statements, included in Item 15 of this report.

15




catastrophic events, power outages and security breaches. Although the Company has certain business continuity plansIn addition, changes in place to address such service interruptions, there is no guarantee that these business continuity plans will provide alternative processes in a timely manner.  As a result, the Companytax rules may experience interruptions in its ability to manage its daily operations and this could adversely affect the Company’s business,future financial conditionresults or the way management conducts its business. For example, the Company holds a significant amount of cash outside of the United States. As of August 31, 2016, the Company has not provided for U.S. federal and state income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on $113.4 million of undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries since these earnings are considered indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States. The Company’s future financial results and liquidity may be adversely affected if tax rules regarding un-repatriated earnings change, if management elects for any reason in the future to repatriate some or all of operations.

The information systemthe foreign earnings that were previously deemed to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the U.S., or if the U.S. office uses for its business operations is a market specific application which is not widely used byinternational tax rules change as part of comprehensive tax reform or other companies. The company that owns and supports this application may not be able to provide the same level of support as that of companies which own larger, more widely spread information systems. If the company that supports this application in the U.S. were to cease its operations or were unable to provide continued support for this application, it could adversely affect the Company’s daily operations or its business, financial condition and results of operations.tax legislations.



In addition, the Company’s U.K. subsidiary is currentlyfourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, the Company determined that it would undertake, in the processfiscal year 2017, a one-time repatriation of implementing a major upgrade to its critical information system.  This information system is used by the U.K. subsidiary to process$8.2 million, which represents all of the daily transactions forhistorical foreign earnings from its Australia subsidiary and 90% of the historical foreign earnings from its China subsidiary.  Management determined that such a foreign distribution was prudent due to the current favorable tax consequences of such a distribution, stemming principally from the recent significant strengthening of the U.S. dollar against various currencies in which the Company conducts business. The Company continues to consider the remaining amount of unremitted foreign earnings,  primarily in the U.K. subsidiary and its branch offices located in Europe andChina, to produce key financial reportsbe indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States. See Note 12 – Income Taxes for the European operations. If the U.K. subsidiary experiences difficulties in implementing or going live withadditional information on this upgraded information system at its various locations, the Company may experience interruptions in its ability to manage its daily operations and report financial results and this could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.one-time repatriation. 



The Company may not have sufficient cash to service its indebtedness or to pay cash dividends.



The Company’s current debt consists of a revolving credit facility and management has used the proceeds of this revolving credit facility primarily for stock repurchases. In addition, the Company utilized this revolving credit facility in September 2016 to fund the purchase of its new headquarters office, which will house both corporate employees and employees in the Company’s Americas segment. In order to service such debt, the Company is required to use its income from operations to make interest and principal payments required by the terms of the loan agreements.agreement. In addition, the Company’s loan agreements typically includeagreement includes covenants to maintain certain financial ratios and to comply with other financial terms, conditions and covenants. Also, the Company has historically paid out a large part of its earnings to stockholders in the form of regular quarterly cash dividends. In December 2012,2015, the Board of Directors declared a 7%an 11% increase in the regular quarterly cash dividend, increasing it from $0.29$0.38 per share to $0.31$0.42 per share. 



The Company may incur substantial debt in the future for acquisitions or other general business or business development activities. In addition, the Company may continue to use available cash balances to execute share repurchases under approved share buy-back plans. To the extent that the Company is required to seek additional financing to support certain of these activities, such financing may not be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to the Company. If the Company is unable to obtain such financing or to service its existing or future debt with its operating income, or if available cash balances are affected by future business performance, liquidity, capital needs, alternative investment opportunities or debt covenants, the Company could be required to reduce, suspend or eliminate its dividend payments to its stockholders.

Compliance with changing regulations

13


The Company’s business development activities may not be successful.

The Company seeks to increase growth through business development activities such as acquisitions, joint ventures, licensing and/or other strategic partnerships in the U.S. and standards for accounting, corporate governanceinternationally. However, if the Company is not able to identify, acquire and public disclosuresuccessfully integrate acquired products or companies or successfully manage joint ventures or other strategic partnerships, the Company may resultnot be able to maximize these opportunities. The failure to properly manage business development activities because of difficulties in additional expensesthe assimilation of operations and thisproducts, the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns, the loss of key employees or other factors could negatively impactmaterially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company’s business development activities will be profitable at their inception or that they will achieve sales levels and profitability that justify the investments made.



Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to accounting and financial reporting, corporate governance and public disclosure, including new SEC regulations such as those required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, new NASDAQ Stock Market rules, new accounting requirements, including any that result from theFuture acquisitions, joint convergence projects of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the International Accounting Standards Board, and the potential future requirement to transition to international financial reporting standards, may create uncertainty and additional burdens and complexities for the Company. To maintain high standards of accounting and financial reporting, corporate governance and public disclosure, the Company intends to invest all reasonably necessary resources to comply with all such evolving standards and requirements. These investments mayventures or strategic partnerships could also result in the incurrence of debt, potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets, unanticipated regulatory complications and/or increased general and administrativeoperating expenses, and a diversion of management time and attention from strategic revenue generating and cost management activities, eitherall of which could negatively impactadversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. In addition, to the extent that the economic benefits associated with any of the Company’s business development activities diminish in the future, the Company may be required to record impairments to goodwill, intangible assets or other assets associated with such activities, which could also adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

16


The operations of the Company and its third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers of raw materials and components are subject to disruption by events beyond the Company’s control.

Operations of the Company and the operations of its third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers of raw materials and components are subject to disruption for a variety of reasons, including work stoppages, acts of war, terrorism, pandemics, fire, earthquakes, hurricanes, flooding or other natural disasters. If a major disruption were to occur, it could result in harm to people or the natural environment, temporary loss of access to critical data, delays in shipments of products to customers, supply chain disruptions, increased costs for finished goods, components and/or raw materials or suspension of operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Although the Company has certain business continuity plans in place to respond to such events, there is no assurance that such plans are adequate or would be successfully implemented.

The Company’s continued growth and expansion could adversely affect its internal control over financial reporting which could harm its business and financial condition.

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting per the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting standards generally accepted in the United States. Internal control over financial reporting includes maintaining records in reasonable detail such that they accurately and fairly reflect the Company’s transactions, providing reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are made in accordance with management’s authorization, policies and procedures and providing reasonable assurance that the unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements would be prevented or detected in a timely manner. The Company’s continued growth and expansion, particularly in global markets, will place additional pressure and risk on the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting. Any failure by the Company to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting associated with such growth and expansion could limit the Company’s ability to report its financial results accurately and on a timely basis or to detect and prevent fraud.



Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments



Not applicable.None.



Item 2.  Properties 



Americas



The Company owns and occupies an office and plant facility, consisting of office, plant and storage space, which is located at 1061 Cudahy Place, San Diego, California 92110. The Company also leases additional office and storage space in San Diego. In addition, the Company purchased a new building located at 9715 Businesspark Avenue, San Diego, California 92131 in September 2016, which the Company intends to use to house the corporate employees and employees in the Company’s Americas segment who are currently located at the owned and leased offices in San Diego.  The Company leases a regional sales office in Miami, Florida, a research and development office in Summit, New Jersey and office space in Toronto, Ontario, Canada.



EMEA

   

The Company owns and occupies an office and plant facility, consisting of office, plant and storage space, located in Milton Keynes, United Kingdom. In addition, the Company also leases another office in United Kingdom and space for its branch offices in Germany, France, Italy, Spain,  Portugal and the Netherlands.



Asia-Pacific



The Company leases office space in Epping, New South Wales, Australia,Australia; Shanghai, ChinaChina; and Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.  



17


Item 3.  Legal Proceedings



The Companyinformation required by this item is partyincorporated by reference to various claims, legal actionsthe information set forth in Item 15 of Part IV, “Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules” Note 11  — Commitments and complaints, including product liability litigation, arisingContingencies, in the ordinary course of business.

On May 31, 2012, a legal action was filed against the Company in the United States District Court, Southern District of Texas, Houston Division (IQ Products Company v. WD-40 Company). IQ Products Company, a Texas corporation ("IQPC"), or an affiliate or a predecessor of IQPC, has provided contract manufacturing servicesaccompanying notes to the Company for many years.  The allegations of IQPC’s complaint arose out of a pending termination of this business relationship. In 2011, the Company requested proposals for manufacturing services from all of its domestic contract manufacturers in conjunction with a project to redesign the Company’s supply chain architecture in North America. IQPC submitted a proposal as requested, and the Company tentatively awarded IQPC a new contract based on the information and pricingconsolidated financial statements included in that proposal. IQPC subsequently sought to materially increase the quoted price for such manufacturing services. As a result, the Company chose to terminate its business relationship with IQPC.  IQPC also raised alleged safety concerns regarding a long-standing manufacturing specification related to the Company’s products. The Company believes that IQPC’s safety concerns are unfounded. 

In its complaint, IQPC asserts that the Company is obligated to indemnify IQPC for claims and losses based on a 1993 indemnity agreement and pursuant to common law.  IQPC also asserts that it has been harmed by the Company's allegedly retaliatory conduct in seeking to terminate its relationship with IQPC, allegedly in response to the safety concerns identified by IQPC. IQPC seeks declaratory relief to establish that it is entitled to indemnification and also to establish that the Company is responsible for reporting the alleged safety concerns to the United States Consumer Products Safety Commission and to the United States Department of Transportation. The complaint also seeks damages for alleged economic losses in excess of $40.0 million, attorney’s fees and punitive damages based on alleged misrepresentations and false promises.  The Company believes the case is without merit and will vigorously defend this matter. At this stage in the litigation, the Company does not believe that a loss is probable and management is unable to reasonably estimate a possible loss or range of possible loss.report.



Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures



Not applicable.

14




Executive Officers of the Registrant 



The following table sets forth the names, ages, fiscal year elected to current position and current titles of the executive officers of the Company as of August 31, 2013:2016:  



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name, Age and Year Elected to Current Position

Name, Age and Year Elected to Current Position

  

Title

Name, Age and Year Elected to Current Position

  

Title

Garry O. Ridge

  

57

  

1997

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

  

60

  

1997

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

Jay W. Rembolt

 

62

 

2008

 

Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

 

65

 

2008

 

Vice President, Finance, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

Michael J. Irwin

  

50

  

2008

  

Executive Vice President, Global Business Development Group

Graham P. Milner

  

59

  

2002

  

Executive Vice President, Global Business Development Group

Stanley A. Sewitch

  

63

  

2012

  

Vice President, Global Organization Development

Richard T. Clampitt

  

61

  

2014

  

Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Michael L. Freeman

  

60

  

2002

  

Division President, The Americas

  

63

  

2002

  

Division President, The Americas

Geoffrey J. Holdsworth

  

51

  

1997

  

Managing Director, Asia-Pacific

  

54

  

1997

  

Managing Director, Asia-Pacific

William B. Noble

  

55

  

1996

  

Managing Director, WD-40 Company Ltd. (U.K.)

  

58

  

1996

  

Managing Director, EMEA



Mr. Ridge joined the Company’s Australian subsidiary, WD-40 Company (Australia) Pty. Limited, in 1987 as Managing Director. He held several senior management positions prior to his election as Chief Executive Officer in 1997.



Mr. Rembolt joined the Company in 1997 as Manager of Financial Services. He was promoted to Controller in 1999 and to Vice President, Finance/Controller in 2001. He was then named Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer in 2008.



Mr. IrwinSewitch joined the Company in 19952012 as Director of U.S. Marketing, and he was subsequently promoted to Director of Marketing, The Americas. He was named Vice President, Marketing, The Americas in 1998, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial OfficerGlobal Organization Development. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Sewitch was a founder of four businesses, including a human resources and Treasurer in 2001, Executive Vice President in 2002, and Executive Vice President, Strategic Development in 2008.   In 2013,organizational consulting firm (HRG Inc.) which he was appointed to his current position of Executive Viceled from 1989 until joining the Company. 

18


President, Global Business Development Group and has been supporting the activities associated with the WD-40 Bike business unit since its formation.  

���

Mr. MilnerClampitt joined the Company in 19922014 as International Director.Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary.  He was named Vice President, Sales and Marketing, The Americas, in 1997, Senior Vice President, The Americas, in 1998, and Executive Vice President, Global Innovation and Chief Branding Officer in 2002.as Corporate Secretary on October 15, 2013.  He was then appointed to his current position of Executive Vice President, Global Business Development Group in 2013 and has been supportinglicensed to practice law in the activities associated withState of California since 1981.  Prior to joining the WD-40 Bike business unit since its formation.  Company, Mr. Clampitt served as a partner at Gordon & Rees LLP from 2002 through 2013.



Mr. Freeman joined the Company in 1990 as Director of Marketing and was promoted to Director of Operations in 1994. He became Vice President, Administration and Chief Information Officer in 1996, and was named Senior Vice President, Operations in 2001 and Division President, The Americas, in 2002.



Mr. Holdsworth joined the Company’s Australia subsidiary, WD-40 Company (Australia) Pty. Limited, in 1996 as General Manager and was promoted to his current position of Managing Director, Asia-Pacific and as a Director of WD-40 Company (Australia) Pty. Limited in 1997.



Mr. Noble joined the Company’s Australia subsidiary, WD-40 Company (Australia) Pty. Limited, in 1993 as International Marketing Manager for the Asia Region. He was then promoted to his current position of Managing Director, EMEA and as a Director of the Company’s U.K. subsidiary, WD-40 Company Ltd. (U.K.)Limited, in 1996.



All executive officers hold office at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

15




 

19


PART II



Item 5. Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities



Market Information



The Company’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share of the Company’s common stock for each of the quarterly periods indicated as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2013

 

Fiscal Year 2012

Fiscal Year 2016

 

Fiscal Year 2015

High

 

Low

 

Dividend

 

High

 

Low

 

Dividend

High

 

Low

 

Dividend

 

High

 

Low

 

Dividend

First Quarter

$

54.42 

 

$

45.12 

 

$

0.29 

 

$

47.29 

 

$

35.37 

 

$

0.27 

$

101.00 

 

$

81.68 

 

$

0.38 

 

$

78.14 

 

$

65.19 

 

$

0.34 

Second Quarter

$

55.18 

 

$

45.59 

 

$

0.31 

 

$

45.05 

 

$

39.25 

 

$

0.29 

$

109.37 

 

$

94.00 

 

$

0.42 

 

$

87.09 

 

$

75.30 

 

$

0.38 

Third Quarter

$

57.50 

 

$

51.31 

 

$

0.31 

 

$

47.50 

 

$

41.47 

 

$

0.29 

$

111.99 

 

$

99.32 

 

$

0.42 

 

$

89.49 

 

$

80.15 

 

$

0.38 

Fourth Quarter

$

64.23 

 

$

53.35 

 

$

0.31 

 

$

51.81 

 

$

45.88 

 

$

0.29 

$

125.00 

 

$

109.58 

 

$

0.42 

 

$

91.78 

 

$

80.86 

 

$

0.38 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On October 17, 2013,19, 2016, the last reported sales price of the Company’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was  $66.50$106.42 per share, and there were 15,261,49214,175,738 shares of common stock outstanding held by approximately 867718 holders of record.



Dividends



The Company has historically paid regular quarterly cash dividends on its common stock. In December 2012,2015, the Board of Directors declared a 7%an  11% increase in the regular quarterly cash dividend, increasing it from $0.29$0.38 per share to $0.31$0.42 per share.  On October 4, 2013,11, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.31$0.42 per share payable on October 31, 20132016 to shareholders of record on October 21, 2013.2016.



The Board of Directors of the Company presently intends to continue the payment of regular quarterly cash dividends on the Company’s common stock. The Company’s ability to pay dividends could be affected by future business performance, liquidity, capital needs, alternative investment opportunities and debt covenants.



Purchases of Equity Securities By the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers



On December 13, 2011,October 14, 2014, the Company’sBoard of Directors approved ashare buy-back plan. Under the plan, which became effectiveat the beginning of the third quarter of fiscal year 2015, once the Company’s previous $60.0 million plan was in effect through December 12, 2013,exhausted, the Company was authorized to acquire up to $50.0 $75.0million of its outstanding shares through August 31, 2016. The timing and amount of repurchases were based on such terms and conditions as may be acceptable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer orand Chief Financial Officer and in compliance with all laws and regulations applicable thereto. During the period from December 14, 2011March1, 2015 through JulyAugust 31, 2013,2016, the Company repurchased 1,013,400 503,127shares at a total cost of $50.0 million. As a result, the Company has utilized the entire authorized amount and completed the repurchases$47.8million under this share buy-back plan.$75.0 million plan.



On June 18, 2013,21, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a new share buy-back plan. Under the plan, which isbecame effective on September 1, 2016 and will remain in effect from August 1, 2013 through August 31, 2015,2018, the Company is authorized to acquire up to $60.0$75.0 million of its outstanding shares on such terms and conditions as may be acceptable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer orand Chief Financial Officer and subject to present loan covenants and in compliance with all laws and regulations applicable thereto. During the period from August 1, 2013 through August 31, 2013, the Company repurchased 45,633 shares at a total cost of $2.7 million.

16

 


The following table provides information with respect to all purchases made by the Company during the three months ended August 31, 2013.2016. All purchases listed below were made in the open market at prevailing market prices. Purchase transactions between June 3, 20131, 2016 and June 28, 2013July 7, 2016 and between August 16, 201317, 2016 and August 26, 20132016 were executed pursuant to trading plans adopted by the Company pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.1934, as amended.



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Total Number

 

Maximum

 



 

 

 

 

of Shares

 

Dollar Value of

 



Total

 

 

 

Purchased as Part

 

Shares that May

 



Number of

 

Average

 

of Publicly

 

Yet Be Purchased

 



Shares

 

Price Paid

 

Announced Plans

 

Under the Plans

 



Purchased

 

Per Share

 

or Programs

 

  or Programs

 

Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 1 - June 30

 

25,838 

 

$

113.24 

 

 

25,838 

 

$

31,674,365 

 

July 1 - July 31

 

9,200 

 

$

116.18 

 

 

9,200 

 

$

30,605,297 

 

August 1 - August 31

 

29,602 

 

$

116.32 

 

 

29,602 

 

$

 -

(1)

Total

 

64,640 

 

$

115.07 

 

 

64,640 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number

 

Maximum

 

 

 

 

 

of Shares

 

Dollar Value of

 

Total

 

 

 

Purchased as Part

 

Shares that May

 

Number of

 

Average

 

of Publicly

 

Yet Be Purchased

 

Shares

 

Price Paid

 

Announced Plans

 

Under the Plans

 

Purchased

 

Per Share

 

or Programs

 

or Programs

Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 1 - June 30

 

90,293 

 

$

55.35 

 

 

90,293 

 

$

1,467,365 

July 1 - July 31

 

25,167 

 

$

58.28 

 

 

25,167 

 

$

 -

August 1 - August 31

 

45,633 

 

$

58.62 

 

 

45,633 

 

$

57,324,196 

Total

 

161,093 

 

$

56.74 

 

 

161,093 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

On August 31, 2016, the previous share buy-back plan which was approved on October 14, 2014 expired with less than the entire $75.0 million of authorized treasury share purchases having been executed.  As a result, no remaining amount of shares may yet be purchased under this plan. The new June 21, 2016 approved $75.0 million share buy-back plan became effective beginning September 1, 2016.

20








Item 6.  Selected Financial Data



The following data has been derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements. The data should be read in conjunction with such consolidated financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere in this report (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

As of and for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

Net sales

$

368,548 

 

$

342,784 

 

$

336,409 

 

$

321,516 

 

$

292,002 

$

380,670 

 

$

378,150 

 

$

382,997 

 

$

368,548 

 

$

342,784 

Cost of products sold

 

179,385 

 

 

174,302 

 

 

168,297 

 

 

156,210 

 

 

147,469 

 

166,301 

 

 

177,972 

 

 

184,144 

 

 

179,385 

 

 

174,302 

Gross profit

 

189,163 

 

 

168,482 

 

 

168,112 

 

 

165,306 

 

 

144,533 

 

214,369 

 

 

200,178 

 

 

198,853 

 

 

189,163 

 

 

168,482 

Operating expenses

 

132,526 

 

 

116,753 

 

 

113,980 

 

 

110,108 

 

 

104,688 

 

143,021 

 

 

134,788 

 

 

135,116 

 

 

132,526 

 

 

116,753 

Income from operations

 

56,637 

 

 

51,729 

 

 

54,132 

 

 

55,198 

 

 

39,845 

 

71,348 

 

 

65,390 

 

 

63,737 

 

 

56,637 

 

 

51,729 

Interest and other income (expense), net

 

230 

 

 

(816)

 

 

(601)

 

 

(1,641)

 

 

(1,521)

 

1,441 

 

 

(2,280)

 

 

(778)

 

 

230 

 

 

(816)

Income before income taxes

 

56,867 

 

 

50,913 

 

 

53,531 

 

 

53,557 

 

 

38,324 

 

72,789 

 

 

63,110 

 

 

62,959 

 

 

56,867 

 

 

50,913 

Provision for income taxes

 

17,054 

 

 

15,428 

 

 

17,098 

 

 

17,462 

 

 

12,037 

 

20,161 

 

 

18,303 

 

 

19,213 

 

 

17,054 

 

 

15,428 

Net income

$

39,813 

 

$

35,485 

 

$

36,433 

 

$

36,095 

 

$

26,287 

$

52,628 

 

$

44,807 

 

$

43,746 

 

$

39,813 

 

$

35,485 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

2.55 

 

$

2.22 

 

$

2.16 

 

$

2.17 

 

$

1.59 

$

3.65 

 

$

3.05 

 

$

2.89 

 

$

2.55 

 

$

2.22 

Diluted

$

2.54 

 

$

2.20 

 

$

2.14 

 

$

2.15 

 

$

1.58 

$

3.64 

 

$

3.04 

 

$

2.87 

 

$

2.54 

 

$

2.20 

Dividends per share

$

1.22 

 

$

1.14 

 

$

1.08 

 

$

1.00 

 

$

1.00 

$

1.64 

 

$

1.48 

 

$

1.33 

 

$

1.22 

 

$

1.14 

Weighted-average shares outstanding -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

diluted

 

15,619 

 

 

16,046 

 

 

16,982 

 

 

16,725 

 

 

16,656 

 

14,379 

 

 

14,649 

 

 

15,148 

 

 

15,619 

 

 

16,046 

Total assets

$

323,064 

 

$

300,870 

 

$

279,777 

 

$

289,108 

 

$

262,617 

$

339,668 

 

$

339,257 

 

$

347,680 

 

$

323,064 

 

$

300,870 

Long-term obligations (1)

$

25,912 

 

$

25,963 

 

$

24,321 

 

$

32,764 

 

$

41,456 

$

140,579 

 

$

133,427 

 

$

26,354 

 

$

25,912 

 

$

25,963 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



(1)Long-term obligations include long-term debt, long-term deferred tax liabilities, net and deferred and other long-term liabilities.

2117


 



Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is designed to provide the reader of the Company’s financial statements with a narrative from the perspective of management on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and certain other factors that may affect future results. This MD&A includes the following sections: Overview, Highlights, Results of Operations, Performance Measures and Non-GAAP Reconciliations, Liquidity and Capital Resources, Critical Accounting Policies, Recently Issued Accounting Standards and Related Parties. The MD&A is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in Item 15 of this report.



In order to show the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on our results of operations, we have included constant currency disclosures, where necessary, in the Overview and Results of Operations sections which follow. Constant currency disclosures represent the translation of our current fiscal year revenues and expenses from the functional currencies of our subsidiaries to U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect for the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year. We use results on a constant currency basis as one of the measures to understand our operating results and evaluate our performance in comparison to prior periods. Results on a constant currency basis are not in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“non-GAAP”) and should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

18


Overview



The Company



WD-40 Company (“the Company”), based in San Diego, California, is a global consumer products companymarketing organization dedicated to delivering unique, high value and easy-to-use solutions for a wide variety of maintenance needs of “doer” and “on-the-job” users by leveraging and building upon the Company’s fortress of brands. Our vision is to createcreating positive lasting memories by solvingdeveloping and selling products which solve problems in theworkshops, factories and homes and factories around the world. We market multi-purposeour maintenance products and our homecare and cleaning products under the WD-40®following well-known brands: WD-40®, 3-IN-ONE®3-IN-ONE®, GT85®, X-14®, 2000 Flushes®, Carpet Fresh®, no vac®, Spot Shot®, 1001®, Lava® and BLUE WORKS® brand names.Solvol®.  Currently included in the WD-40 brand are the WD-40 multi-use product and the WD-40 Specialist®Specialist® and WD-40 BikeTM BIKE® product lines. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, we developed the WD-40 Bike product line, which is focused on a comprehensive line of bicycle maintenance products that include wet and dry chain lubricants, heavy-duty degreasers, foaming bike wash and frame protectants that are designed specifically for the avid cyclist, bike enthusiasts and mechanics. We launched the WD-40 Bike product line in the U.S. during fiscal year 2013. We also market the following homecare and cleaning brands: X-14® mildew stain remover and automatic toilet bowl cleaners, 2000 Flushes® automatic toilet bowl cleaners, Carpet Fresh® and No Vac® rug and room deodorizers, Spot Shot® aerosol and liquid carpet stain removers, 1001® household cleaners and rug and room deodorizers and Lava® and Solvol® heavy-duty hand cleaners.



Our brands are sold in various locations around the world. Multi-purpose maintenanceMaintenance products are sold worldwide in markets throughout North, Central and South America, Asia, Australia, and the Pacific Rim, Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Homecare and cleaning products are sold primarily in North America, the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) and Australia. We sell our products primarily through mass retail and home center stores, warehouse club stores, grocery stores, hardware stores, automotive parts outlets, sport retailers, independent bike dealers, online retailers and industrial distributors and suppliers.

 

Highlights



The following summarizes the financial and operational highlights for our business during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013:2016:  



·

Consolidated net sales increased $25.7$2.5 million, or 8%1%, for fiscal year 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates had an unfavorable impact of $2.0$15.2 million on consolidated net sales for fiscal year 2013.2016. Thus, on a constant currency basis, net sales would have increased by $27.7$17.7 million, or 5%, for fiscal year 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year. Of the $15.2 million unfavorable impact from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, $11.3 million came from our EMEA segment, which accounted for 36% of our consolidated sales for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016.



Ø

Multi-purpose maintenance products·

Consolidated net sales which includefor the WD-40 3-IN-ONE and BLUE WORKS brands,Specialist product line were $320.9$21.5 million up 12% fromwhich is a 14% increase for fiscal year 2016 compared to the prior fiscal year.

22


Ø

Homecare Although the WD-40 Specialist product line is expected to provide the Company with long-term growth opportunities, we will see some volatility in sales levels from period to period due to the timing of promotional programs, the building of distribution, and cleaning products sales, which include allvarious other brands, were $47.6 million, down 15% from the prior fiscal year.factors that come with building a new product line.



·

Americas segment sales were $180.5 million, up 2% compared to the prior fiscal year. EMEA segment sales were $136.0 million, up 16% compared to the prior fiscal year. Asia-Pacific segment sales were $52.0 million, up 7% compared to the prior fiscal year.

·

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 51.3%56.3% for fiscal year 20132016 compared to 49.2%52.9% for the prior fiscal year.



·

Consolidated net income increased $4.3$7.8 million, or 12%17%, for fiscal year 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates had an unfavorable impact of $0.2$2.8 million on consolidated net income for fiscal year 2013.2016. Thus, on a constant currency basis, net income would have increased by $4.5$10.6 million, or 24%, for fiscal year 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year.



·

Diluted earnings per common share for fiscal year 20132016 were $2.54$3.64 versus  $2.20$3.04 in the prior fiscal year period.year.



·

Progress continues to be made on the development and launch of new multi-purpose maintenance products.  The Company launched the WD-40 Specialist product line in the U.S. during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 and continued to launch the product line in Canada and select countries in Latin America, Asia and Europe throughout fiscal years 2012 and 2013. 

·

Share repurchases have beencontinued to be executed under both our $50.0$75.0 million and $60.0 million approved share buy-back plans. The $50.0 million plan has been fully utilized and all remaining authorized purchases under the plan were completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013. To date through August 31, 2013, the Company had repurchased 45,633 shares at an average price of $58.62 per share for a total cost of$2.7 million under the new $60.0 million plan, which was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors in June 2013.October 2014 and which expired on August 31, 2016.  During the period from September 1, 2015 through August 31, 2016, the Company repurchased 317,084sharesat an average price of $101.31 pershare, for atotal cost of $32.1 million. 



·

The project which we started in early fiscal year 2012 to redesign our supply chain architecture in North America was completed at the end of fiscal year 2013.  Although we incurred additional costs during the transition phases of this project and our overall inventory has increased from historical levels as a result of this new architecture, we have realized manufacturing cost savings in recent periods and have improved service to our customers.

Our core strategic initiatives and the areas where we will continue to focus our time, talent and resources in future periods include:(i) maximizing the WD-40 brandmulti-use product sales through geographic expansion and increased market penetration; (ii) leveraging the WD-40 brand to develop new products and categories withinby growing the Company’s prioritized platforms;WD-40 Specialist product line; (iii) expandingleveraging the strengths of the Company through broadened product and revenue base; (iv) attracting, developing and retaining talented people; and (v) operating with excellence.

2319


 

Results of Operations



Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 20132016  Compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 20122015



Operating Items



The following table summarizes operating data for our consolidated operations (in thousands, except percentages and per share amounts): 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

2013

 

2012

 

Dollars

 

Percent

2016

 

2015

 

Dollars

 

Percent

Net sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Multi-purpose maintenance products

$

320,883 

 

$

286,480 

 

$

34,403 

 

 

12% 

Maintenance products

$

339,974 

 

$

333,306 

 

$

6,668 

 

 

2% 

Homecare and cleaning products

 

47,665 

 

 

56,304 

 

 

(8,639)

 

 

(15)%

 

40,696 

 

 

44,844 

 

 

(4,148)

 

 

(9)%

Total net sales

 

368,548 

 

 

342,784 

 

 

25,764 

 

 

8% 

 

380,670 

 

 

378,150 

 

 

2,520 

 

 

1% 

Cost of products sold

 

179,385 

 

 

174,302 

 

 

5,083 

 

 

3% 

 

166,301 

 

 

177,972 

 

 

(11,671)

 

 

(7)%

Gross profit

 

189,163 

 

 

168,482 

 

 

20,681 

 

 

12% 

 

214,369 

 

 

200,178 

 

 

14,191 

 

 

7% 

Operating expenses

 

132,526 

 

 

116,753 

 

 

15,773 

 

 

14% 

 

143,021 

 

 

134,788 

 

 

8,233 

 

 

6% 

Income from operations

$

56,637 

 

$

51,729 

 

$

4,908 

 

 

9% 

$

71,348 

 

$

65,390 

 

$

5,958 

 

 

9% 

Net income

$

39,813 

 

$

35,485 

 

$

4,328 

 

 

12% 

$

52,628 

 

$

44,807 

 

$

7,821 

 

 

17% 

Earnings per common share - diluted

$

2.54 

 

$

2.20 

 

$

0.34 

 

 

15% 

$

3.64 

 

$

3.04 

 

$

0.60 

 

 

20% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales by Segment 



The following table summarizes net sales by segment (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

2013

 

2012

 

Dollars

 

Percent

2016

 

2015

 

Dollars

 

Percent

Americas

$

180,544 

 

$

177,394 

 

$

3,150 

 

 

2% 

$

191,397 

 

$

187,344 

 

$

4,053 

 

 

2% 

EMEA

 

135,984 

 

 

116,936 

 

 

19,048 

 

 

16% 

 

135,235 

 

 

136,847 

 

 

(1,612)

 

 

(1)%

Asia-Pacific

 

52,020 

 

 

48,454 

 

 

3,566 

 

 

7% 

 

54,038 

 

 

53,959 

 

 

79 

 

 

 -

Total

$

368,548 

 

$

342,784 

 

$

25,764 

 

 

8% 

$

380,670 

 

$

378,150 

 

$

2,520 

 

 

1% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Americas

 

The following table summarizes net sales by product line for the Americas segment (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

2013

 

2012

 

Dollars

 

Percent

2016

 

2015

 

Dollars

 

Percent

Multi-purpose maintenance products

$

147,312 

 

$

136,105 

 

$

11,207 

 

 

8% 

Maintenance products

$

163,655 

 

$

156,937 

 

$

6,718 

 

 

4% 

Homecare and cleaning products

 

33,232 

 

 

41,289 

 

 

(8,057)

 

 

(20)%

 

27,742 

 

 

30,407 

 

 

(2,665)

 

 

(9)%

Total

$

180,544 

 

$

177,394 

 

$

3,150 

 

 

2% 

$

191,397 

 

$

187,344 

 

$

4,053 

 

 

2% 

% of consolidated net sales

 

49% 

 

 

52% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50% 

 

 

50% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales in the Americas segment, which includes the U.S., Canada and Latin America, increased to $180.5$191.4 million, up $3.1$4.1 million, or 2%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year. Changes in foreign

24


currency exchange rates did not have a materialin Canada had an unfavorable impact on sales for the Americas segment from period to period. Sales for the fiscal year ended

20


August 31, 2013 compared to2016 translated at the exchange rates in effect for the prior fiscal year.year would have been $192.5 million in the Americas segment. Thus, on a constant currency basis, sales would have increased by $5.2 million, or 3%, from period to period.



Sales of multi-purpose maintenance products in the Americas segment increased $11.2$6.7 million, or 8%4%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year. This sales increase was mainly driven by higher sales of WD-40 multi-purpose maintenance products in the U.S. and Latin America, each of which were up 9% year over year.increased6% and 3%, respectively, from period to period. The sales increase in the U.S. was in partprimarily due to a higher overall level of promotional activities for all maintenance products and the added distribution of our new WD-40 multi-use products that were conducted throughout fiscal year 2013 as compared to the prior fiscal year.EZ Reach Flexible Straw product. The sales increase in Latin America was primarily due to improved business conditionsthe success of certain promotional programs which were conducted in the second quarter of fiscal year 2016, primarily those in Mexico and a more stable economic environmentChile, as well as the continued growth of the WD-40 multi-use product throughout most of the Latin America countriesregion. The sales increases in fiscal year 2013the U.S. and Latin America were partially offset by a sales decrease in Canada of 14%, from period to period. This decrease was primarily due to lower sales associated with promotional programs, most of which was driven by unstable market and economic conditions, particularly in the industrial channel in Western Canada as compareda result of reduced activity in the oil industry. In addition, sales in Canada were negatively impacted by unfavorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates form period to fiscal year 2012.  period.  Also contributing to the overall sales increase of the multi-purpose maintenance products in the Americas segment was thehigher sales increase of the WD-40 Specialist product line, which were up $1.1 million, or 10%, from period to period due to new distribution, and product offerings in the U.S. and the launchparticularly of certain new products within this product line in Canada and Latin America during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013. As a result of fluctuations in the promotional patterns with certain of our key customers, particularly those in the mass retail, home center and warehouse club channels in the U.S., it is common for our sales to vary period over period and year over year.2016.



Sales of homecare and cleaning products in the Americas segment decreased $8.1$2.6 million, or 20%9%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year. This sales decrease was driven primarily by lowera decrease in sales of the Carpet Fresh and Spot Shot productscarpet stain remover and the 2000 Flushes automatic toilet bowl cleaners, most of which were down 41%, 28% and 13%, respectively, inis related to the U.S. for fiscal year 2013 compared to the prior fiscal year.  , of 13% and 7%, respectively. While each of our homecare and cleaning products continue to generate positive cash flows, we have continued to experience decreased or flat sales for many of these products primarily due to lost distribution, reduced product offerings, competition, category declines and the volatility of orders from and promotional programs with certain of our customers, particularly those in the warehouse club and mass retail channels. InAt August 31, 2016, the second halfcarrying value of fiscal year 2013, management started to evaluatedefinite-lived intangible assets associated with the strategic alternativesCompany’s trade names for certain of the Company’s homecare and cleaning products. To date, no decisions have been made relative toproducts was $16.8 million, of which $9.3 million and $4.3 million were associated with the future strategic plans for these brands.Spot Shot and 2000 Flushes trade names, respectively. 



For the Americas segment, 81%83% of sales came from the U.S., and 19%  17%of sales came from Canada and Latin America combined for each of thefiscal yearsyear ended August 31, 20132016compared tothe prior fiscal year when 82%of sales came from the U.S., and 2012.18% ofsales came from Canada and Latin Americacombined.

EMEA

The following table summarizes net sales by product line for the EMEA segment (in thousands, except percentages):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

2013

 

2012

 

Dollars

 

Percent

2016

 

2015

 

Dollars

 

Percent

Multi-purpose maintenance products

$

128,740 

 

$

109,115 

 

$

19,625 

 

 

18% 

Maintenance products

$

129,217 

 

$

129,730 

 

$

(513)

 

 

 -

Homecare and cleaning products

 

7,244 

 

 

7,821 

 

 

(577)

 

 

(7)%

 

6,018 

 

 

7,117 

 

 

(1,099)

 

 

(15)%

Total(1)

$

135,984 

 

$

116,936 

 

$

19,048 

 

 

16% 

$

135,235 

 

$

136,847 

 

$

(1,612)

 

 

(1)%

% of consolidated net sales

 

37% 

 

 

34% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36% 

 

 

36% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

While the Company’s reporting currency is U.S. Dollar, the functional currency of our U.K. subsidiary, the entity in which the EMEA results are generated, is Pound Sterling.Although the functional currency of this subsidiary is Pound Sterling,approximately 45% ofits sales are generated in Euroand 25% aregenerated in U.S. Dollar. As a result, the Pound Sterling sales and earningsfor the EMEA segment can be negatively or positively impacted from period to periodupontranslationfrom these currenciesdepending on whether the Euro and U.S. Dollar are weakening or strengthening against the Pound Sterling.

Sales in the EMEA segment, which includes Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Africa, increasedIndia,  decreased to $136.0$135.2 million, up $19.1down  $1.6 million, or 16%1%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 compared to the prior fiscal year had an unfavorable impact on sales.sales for the EMEA segment from period to period. Sales for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 translated at the exchange rates in effect for the prior fiscal year would have been $137.7$146.5 million in the EMEA segment. Thus, on a constant currency basis, sales would have increased by $20.8$9.7 million, or 18%7%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year.



21


The countries in EuropeEMEA where we sell through a direct sales force include the U.K., Italy, France, Iberia (which includes Spain and Portugal) and the Germanics sales region (which includes Germany, Austria, Denmark, Switzerland, Belgium and the Netherlands). Overall, sales from direct markets increased $13.1$1.2 million, or 18%1%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates had an unfavorable impact on sales in the direct markets in EMEA from period to period.  On a constant currency basis, sales in the direct markets would have increased by 10% from fiscal year 2016 compared to the prior fiscal year.

We experienced sales increases throughout most of the EuropeEMEA direct markets for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year, with percentage

25


increases in sales as follows: the Germanics sales region, 26%10%; Italy, 22%9%; and France, 15%;1%. Sales increases in these direct markets were primarily due to increased sales of the WD-40 multi-use product, particularly in the Germanics region. Sales in the Germanics increased from period to period due to a change in the distribution model for the do-it-yourself (DIY) channel that we made for this region in fiscal year 2015.  In the third quarter of fiscal year 2015, we shifted away from a distribution model for this channel where we sold product through a large wholesale customer who then supplied various retail customers to one where we sell direct to these retail customers. Due to the successful build of our direct customer base in this new model in fiscal year 2016, sales in this region were positively impacted from period to period. The increased sales in these regions were partially offset by sales decreases in the U.K., 12% and Iberia 10%of 6% and 1%, respectively. Sales in the U.K. decreased from period to period primarily due to decreased distribution of our 1001 brand in the retail channel from period to period.   Sales generated in Euro in the direct markets also resulted in slightly higher Pound Sterling sales in fiscal year 2016 due the strengthening of the Euro against the Pound Sterling from period to period. The average exchange rate for the Euro against the Pound Sterling increased from 0.7497 to 0.7637, or 2%.

The Also contributing to the overall sales increase in the direct markets was primarilywere increased sales of the WD-40 Specialist product line of $1.9 million, or 45%, from period to period due to new distribution, continued growth of the base business and the positive impacts of sales price increases which were implemented in certain locations and markets throughout Europe during the second and third quarters of fiscal year 2013. Although sales in the direct markets increased significantly year over year, sales in these markets were negatively impacted throughout fiscal year 2012 primarily due to the particularly adverse economic conditions which existed in Europe during this time period. During our fiscal year 2013, the Europe economy started to stabilize and this has positively impacted our sales levels, but it is still uncertain whether this stability will continue into future periods.expanded distribution. Sales from direct markets accounted for 64%66% of the EMEA segment’s sales for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to 63% of the EMEA segment’s sales for the prior fiscal year.



The regions in the EMEA segment where we sell through local distributors include the Middle East, Africa, India, Eastern and Northern Europe. Sales in the distributor markets increased $6.0decreased $2.8 million, or 14%6%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year 2012 primarily due to increasedan 11% decrease in sales in Russia as a result ofthe unstable market conditionsin Eastern Europe which started in the third quarter of WD-40 multi-use productsour fiscal year 2015. Although the market conditions in Russia have begun to stabilize, our sales have not returned to the levels that we experienced prior to the third quarter of fiscal year 2015.  Sales were also negatively impacted in fiscal year 2016 by continued political and initial sales of the WD-40 Specialist product line throughouteconomic instability in other countries in the distributor markets.  TheSince a high percentage of  sales increasein the distributor markets in the EMEA segment are generated in U.S. Dollars, there were insignificant impacts due to changes in the foreign currency exchange rates from period to period was primarily due to the continued growth of the base business in key markets, particularly those in the Middle East and Eastern Europe. In general, the markets in which we sell through local distributors have remained more stable in recent years from an economic standpoint than other countries in Europe.period. The distributor markets accounted for 36%34% of the total EMEA segmentsegment’s total sales for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013,2016, compared to 37% for the prior fiscal year.year.



Asia-Pacific



The following table summarizes net sales by product line for the Asia-Pacific segment (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

2013

 

2012

 

Dollars

 

Percent

2016

 

2015

 

Dollars

 

Percent

Multi-purpose maintenance products

$

44,831 

 

$

41,260 

 

$

3,571 

 

 

9% 

Maintenance products

$

47,102 

 

$

46,639 

 

$

463 

 

 

1% 

Homecare and cleaning products

 

7,189 

 

 

7,194 

 

 

(5)

 

 

 -

 

6,936 

 

 

7,320 

 

 

(384)

 

 

(5)%

Total

$

52,020 

 

$

48,454 

 

$

3,566 

 

 

7% 

$

54,038 

 

$

53,959 

 

$

79 

 

 

 -

% of consolidated net sales

 

14% 

 

 

14% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14% 

 

 

14% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales in the Asia-Pacific segment,  which includes Australia, China and other countries in the Asia region remained constant at  $54.0 million for each of the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates had an unfavorable impact on sales for the Asia Pacific segment from period to period. Sales for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 translated at the exchange rates in effect for the prior fiscal year would have been $56.8 million in the Asia-Pacific segment. Thus, on a constant currency basis, sales would have increased to $52.0 million, up $3.5by $2.8 million, or 7%5%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year.

Sales in Asia, which represented 69% of the total sales in the Asia-Pacific segment, increased $0.8 million, or 2%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 compared to the prior fiscal year. Sales in the Asia distributor markets increased $0.7 million, or 3%, from period to period, primarily attributable to increased distribution resulting from the success of certain significant promotional programs for the WD-40 multi-use product in the Asian distributor markets, particularly those in Vietnam, Sri Lanka,

22


and Thailand. Although sales in China remained relatively constant at $13.3 million and $13.2 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, changes in foreign currency exchange rates had an unfavorable impact on sales in China.  On a constant currency basis, sales would have increased by 7% from period to period primarily due to increased distribution, particularly in Southern China. 

Sales in Australia decreased by $0.8 million, or 4%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 compared to the prior fiscal year. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates did not have a materialhad an unfavorable impact on Australia sales. On a constant currency basis, sales would have increased by 7% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 compared to the prior fiscal year.

Sales in Asia, which represented 66% of the total sales in the Asia-Pacific segment, increased $3.6 million, or 12%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year primarily due to the stable economic conditions which existed throughout most of the Asia region during fiscal year 2013 increased distribution and increased promotional activitieshigher sales levels resulting from year to year. The distributor markets in the Asia region experienced a sales increase of $2.7 million, or 13%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to the success of certainsuccessful promotional programs which were conducted in fiscal year 2013 throughout most of the Asia countries and the as well as continued growth of the WD-40 multi-use products throughout the distributor markets, including those in Malaysia, South Korea and Taiwan. Sales in China increased $0.9 million, or 9%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 compared to the prior fiscal year primarily due to a higher level of sales which resulted from a significant promotional program that was conducted in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013. Although the overall sales in China increased year over year, China has generally experienced a lower rate of growth for sales over the last several quarters due to adverse economic conditions and the lower level of industrial activities that have existed throughout China in recent periods. 

26


Sales in Australia slightly decreased by $0.1 million, or 1%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 compared to the prior fiscal year primarily due to the unfavorable impacts of changes in foreign currency exchange rates from period to period. On a constant currency basis, sales would have increased $0.3 million, or 2%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 compared to the prior fiscal year.our base business.



Gross Profit



Gross profit increased to $189.2$214.4 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to $168.5$200.2 million for the prior fiscal year. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit increased to 51.3%56.3% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to 49.2%52.9% for the prior fiscal year.



Gross margin was positively impacted by 1.12.4 percentage points from period to period due to sales price increases, which were implemented in certain locations and markets throughout most of fiscal year 2013 and 2012. There was also a decrease in discounts that were given to our customers, which positively impacted gross margin by 0.4 percentage points year over year. This decrease in such discounts was due to a lower percentage of sales, particularly those for our homecare and cleaning products in the Americas segment, being subject to promotional allowances during the year ended August 31, 2013 compared to the prior fiscal year. Advertising, promotional and other discounts that are given to our customers are recorded as a reduction to sales, whereas advertising and sales promotional costs associated with promotional activites that we pay to third parties are recorded as advertising and sales promotional expenses. In addition, gross margin was positively impacted by 0.3 percentage points from period to period due to our North American supply chain restructure project. As a result of this restructure project, we were able to realize lower manufacturing fees from our third-party contract manufacturers in fiscal year 2013 compared to the prior fiscal year.  These decreased costs were partially offset by higher warehousing costs, handling fees and in-bound freight costs, all of which are associated with the storage and movement of our product between our third-party contract manufacturers and distribution centers, which we incurred during much of fiscal year 2013 compared to the prior fiscal year. Gross margin was positively impacted by 0.2 percentage points due to the combined effects offavorable net changes in the costs of petroleum-based materialsspecialty chemicals and aerosol cans from period to period, the majority of which came from a decrease in costs associated with petroleum-based materials.all three segments. There is often a delay of one quarter or more before changes in raw material costs impact cost of products sold due to production and inventory life cycles.  We expect that petroleum-based material costs will continue to be volatile and that volatility will impactThe average cost of crude oil which flowed through our cost of productsgoods sold was significantly lower in fiscal year 2016 as compared to the prior fiscal year, thus resulting in positive impacts to our gross margin from period to period. Due to the volatility of the price of crude oil, it is uncertain whether we will realize the same level of benefit in our gross margin related to it in future periods. Lower manufacturingThe combined effects of favorable sales mix changes and other miscellaneous costs in our Asia-Pacific segment also positively impacted gross margin by 0.4 percentage points primarily due to a favorable shift in product mix as a result of a higher portion of sales in the Americas segment being made of higher margin maintenance products from period to period.Gross margin was also positively impacted by 0.2 percentage points from period to period.

We incurred higher costs associated with raw materials relatedperiod primarily due to sales price increases implemented in the EMEA and Asia-Pacific segments over the last twelve months. In addition, advertising, promotional and other discounts that we give to our homecare and cleaning products, as well as increased manufacturing costs in our EMEA segment, which when combined negatively impactedcustomers decreased from period to period positively impacting gross margin by 0.1 percentage pointspoints.In general, the timing of advertising, promotional and other discounts may cause fluctuations in gross margin from period to period. The costs associated with certain promotional activities are recorded as a reduction to sales while others are recorded as advertising and sales promotion expenses. Advertising, promotional and other discounts that are given to our customers are recorded as a reduction to sales, whereas advertising and sales promotional costs associated with promotional activities that we pay to third parties are recorded as advertising and sales promotion expenses.

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates positively impacted gross margin by 0.4percentage points primarily due to the fluctuations in the exchange rates for the Euro and U.S. Dollar against the Pound Sterling in our EMEA segment from period to period. In the EMEA segment, the majority of our cost of goods sold is denominated in Pound Sterling whereas sales are generated in Pound Sterling, Euro and the U.S. Dollar. The combined effect of the strengthening of both the Euro and U.S. Dollar against the Pound Sterling from period to period caused an increase in our Pound Sterling sales, resulting in favorable impacts to the gross margin. These favorable impacts to gross margin were slightly offset by 0.1 percentage points due to higher warehousing and in-bound freight costs, particularly in the Americas segment from period to period.



Note that our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to those of other consumer product companies, since some of these companies include all costs related to distribution of their products in cost of products sold, whereas we exclude the portion associated with amounts paid to third parties for shipment to our customers from our distribution centers and contract manufacturers and include these costs in selling, general and administrative expenses. These costs totaled $15.7$16.1 million and $15.4$15.8 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 20132016 and 2012,2015, respectively.



Selling, General and Administrative Expenses



Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 increased $15.5$8.9 million or 17%, to $104.4$117.8 million from $88.9$108.9 million for the prior fiscal year. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses increased to 28.3%30.9% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 from 26.0%28.8% for the prior fiscal year. The increase in SG&A expenses was largelyprimarily attributable to higher employee-related costs, a higher level of expenses associated with travel and meetings and increased freight costs.costs and other miscellaneous expenses. Employee-related costs, which include salaries, bonuses,incentive compensation, profit sharing, stock-based compensation and other fringe benefits, increased $14.8 millionby $11.5 million. This increase was primarily due to higher accruals for earned incentive compensation from period to period as well as annual compensation increases, which take effect in the first quarter of the fiscal year, ended August 31, 2013 compared to the prior fiscal year, the majority of which was due to higher bonus expense. Based on our results for fiscal year 2013, we achieved a high level of the profit performance metrics at both the segment level and globally required to trigger payout of bonuses, and as a result, bonus expense and the related fringe benefit expense were significantly higher in fiscal year 2013 as compared to the prior fiscal year. Also contributing to the increase in employee-related costs was higher annual compensation increases and increased headcount from period to period. Travel and meeting expenses increased $0.9 million due to a higher level of travel expensesheadcount. Freight costs associated with various sales meetings and activities in support ofshipping products to our strategic initiatives. Freight costs

27


customers increased $0.4$1.0 million primarily due to higher sales volumes particularly in the EMEA segment forfrom period to period as well as additional costs associated with the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 compared toshift in the prior fiscal year.distribution model in the

23


Germanics region in EMEA. Other miscellaneous expenses, which primarily include broker sales commissions office overhead and bad debt expenses,depreciation expense, increased by $0.3$0.8 million period over period.

The These increases in SG&A expenses described above were slightlypartially offset by a decrease in expenses associated with new product exploration from period to period. The decrease in new product exploration expenses within research and development of $0.3 million was primarily due to the increased level of spending in this area during fiscal year 2012 related to the development of new product lines within the WD-40 brand, which were launched in fiscal year 2013. Professional service costs decreased by $0.2 million and changes in foreign currency exchange rates, decreasedwhich had a favorable impact of $4.4 million on SG&A expenses by $0.4 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year.



We continued our research and development investment, the majority of which is associated with our multi-purpose maintenance products, in support of our focus on innovation and renovation of our products. Research and development costs for the fiscal years ended August 31, 20132016 and 20122015 were $7.2$7.7 million and $5.1$9.0 million, respectively. Our research and development team engages in consumer research, product development, current product improvement and testing activities. This team leverages its development capabilities by partnering with a network of outside resources including our current and prospective outsource suppliers. The level and types of expenses incurred within research and development can vary or offset each other from period to period depending upon the types of activities being performed.



Advertising and Sales Promotion Expenses



Advertising and sales promotion expenses for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 decreased $0.9$0.6 million or 3%, to $24.8$22.3 million from $25.7$22.9 million for the prior fiscal year. As a percentage of net sales, these expenses decreased to 6.7%5.9% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 from 7.5%6.0% for the prior fiscal year. The decrease in advertising and sales promotion expenses was primarily due to lower costs associated with promotional programs conducted in the Americas segment, particularly those for our homecare and cleaning products, from period to period. This decrease was partially offset by a higher level of promotional activities in the EMEA and Asia-Pacific segments from period to period.  Changes in foreign currency exchange rates did not havehad a materialfavorable impact on such expenses of $0.9million from period to period. Thus, on a constant currency basis, advertising and sales promotion expenses for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 compared2016would have increased by $0.3 million, primarily due to a higher level of promotional programs and marketing support in the prior fiscal year.EMEA segment from period to period. Investment in global advertising and sales promotion expenses for fiscal year 20142017 is expected to be in the rangeclose to 6.0% of 6.5% to 7.5% of net sales.sales.



As a percentage of net sales, advertising and sales promotion expenses may fluctuate period to period based upon the type of marketing activities we employ and the period in which the costs are incurred. Total promotional costs recorded as a reduction to sales were $17.7$16.1 million and $20.1$16.0 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 20132016 and 2012,2015, respectively. Therefore, our total investment in advertising and sales promotion activities totaled $42.5$38.4 million and $45.8$38.9 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 20132016 and 2012,2015, respectively.



Amortization of Definite-lived Intangible Assets Expense



Amortization of our definite-lived intangible assets remained relatively constant at $2.3$3.0 million and $2.1 million for both the fiscal years ended August 31, 20132016 and 2012, respectively.    

Impairment of Definite-lived Intangible Assets Expense

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we determined that indicators of impairment existed related to the 2000 Flushes trade name primarily due to management’s most current expectations for future growth and profitability for the 2000 Flushes trade name. As a result, we performed a second phase of the impairment test specific to the 2000 Flushes trade name and concluded that it was impaired by $1.1 million.  Consequently, we recorded a non-cash, before tax impairment charge of $1.1 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013 to reduce the carrying value of the 2000 Flushes asset to its fair value. For additional information, refer to the information set forth in Note 6 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. No such impairments to our long-lived assets were identified during fiscal year 2012.2015.  



Income from Operations by Segment



The Company has updated the financial information previously reported for the business segments to separate out the unallocated corporate expenses. These amounts were included within the Americas segment in the Company’s

28


previously reported business segment information.The following table summarizes income from operations by segment (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

2013

 

2012

 

Dollars

 

Percent

2016

 

2015

 

Dollars

 

Percent

Americas

$

39,383 

 

$

39,455 

 

$

(72)

 

 

 -

$

48,404 

 

$

46,674 

 

$

1,730 

 

 

4% 

EMEA

 

31,213 

 

 

23,524 

 

 

7,689 

 

 

33% 

 

31,702 

 

 

30,173 

 

 

1,529 

 

 

5% 

Asia-Pacific

 

9,308 

 

 

8,458 

 

 

850 

 

 

10% 

 

15,162 

 

 

12,602 

 

 

2,560 

 

 

20% 

Unallocated corporate (1)

 

(23,267)

 

 

(19,708)

 

 

(3,559)

 

 

18% 

 

(23,920)

 

 

(24,059)

 

 

139 

 

 

(1)%

$

56,637 

 

$

51,729 

 

$

4,908 

 

 

9% 

$

71,348 

 

$

65,390 

 

$

5,958 

 

 

9% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



(1)

Unallocated corporate expenses are general corporate overhead expenses not directly attributable to any one of the operating segments. These expenses are reported separate from the Company’s identified segments and are included in Selling, General and Administrative expenses on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.



Americas



Income from operations for the Americas segment remained relatively constantincreased to $48.4million, up $1.7million, or 4%, for the fiscal year over year.ended August 31, 2016 compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to a $4.1 million increase in sales and a higher gross margin. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the Americas segment increased from 48.8% in fiscal year 201252.6% to 51.2% in fiscal year 2013.55.1% period over period. This

24


increase in the gross margin from period to period was primarily due to the combined positive impact of sales price increases, a lower level of discounts offered to our customers and the net lower costs associated with the restructure of our North American supply chain, all of which were partially offset by the negative impacts of decreased costs of petroleum-based specialty chemicals and aerosol cans as well as favorable sales mix changes, which were slightly offset by increased warehousing and higherin-house freight costs associated with raw materials relatedfrom period to our homecare and cleaning products.period. The higher level of sales in the Americas segment from period to period was accompanied by a $6.0$5.1 million increase in total operating expenses, the majoritymost of which relatesrelated to increased bonus expense fromheadcount and higherearned incentive compensationexpenses period toover period. Operating income as a percentage of net sales decreasedincreased from 22.3%24.9% to 21.8% year25.3% period over year.period.



EMEA



Income from operations for the EMEA segmentincreasedto $31.2 $31.7million,up $7.7 $1.5million, or 33%5%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to an increasea higher gross margin, which was partially offset by a $1.6 million decrease in sales of $19.1 million and higher gross margin.operating expenses. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the EMEA segment increased from 51.3%54.6% to 53.3% year58.7% period over year periodprimarily due to the favorablecombined positive impacts of sales price increases, sales mix changes within our distributor markets and decreased costs of petroleum-based materialsspecialty chemicals and aerosol cans as well as sales price increases. Fluctuations in the EMEA segment, all of which were slightly offset by the unfavorableforeign currency exchange rates also had a significant favorable impact of higher costs associated with raw materials related to our homecare and cleaning products. The higher level of sales for the EMEA segmenton gross margin from period to period was accompanied by an increase in total operatingperiod.Operating expenses of $4.8increased $3.1 million the majority of which was attributablemainly related to higher bonus expense fromearned incentive compensationexpenses period toover period.  Operating income as a percentage of net sales increased from 20.1%22.0% to 23.0% year27.0% period over year.period.



Asia-Pacific



Income from operations for the Asia-Pacific segment increased to $9.3$15.2 million, up $0.8 $2.6million, or 10%20%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to an increase in sales of $3.5 million anda higher gross margin.  As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the Asia-Pacific segment increased from 45.3%49.9% to 46.7% year54.8% period over yearperiod primarily due to the combined effectspositive impacts of decreased costs of petroleum-based specialty chemicals and aerosol cans, sales price increases, and a lower manufacturinglevel of advertising, promotional and other discounts that we gave to our customers from period to period.Also contributing to the increased gross margin from period to period was the write-off of product and other costs and decreased costs of aerosol cansrelated to a quality issue that occurred during fiscal year 2015 in the Asia-Pacific segment, which were partially offset by a higher level of discounts offered to certain customers and unfavorable sales mix changes.Asia distributor markets. Operating income as a percentage of net sales remained relatively constant at 17.9% and 17.5% for the years ended August 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.increased from 23.4% to 28.1% period over period.



29


Non-Operating Items



The following table summarizes non-operating income and expenses for our consolidated operations (in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

2013

 

2012

 

Change

2016

 

2015

 

Change

Interest income

$

506 

 

$

261 

 

$

245 

$

683 

 

$

584 

 

$

99 

Interest expense

$

693 

 

$

729 

 

$

(36)

$

1,703 

 

$

1,205 

 

$

498 

Other income (expense), net

$

417 

 

$

(348)

 

$

765 

$

2,461 

 

$

(1,659)

 

$

4,120 

Provision for income taxes

$

17,054 

 

$

15,428 

 

$

1,626 

$

20,161 

 

$

18,303 

 

$

1,858 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income



Interest income increased $0.2 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 compared to the prior fiscal year primarily due to increased cash balances at our U.K. subsidiary which are being held in higher yielding accounts and short-term investments.

Interest Expense

Interest expense remained relatively constant for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year.



Other Income (Expense), NetInterest Expense



Other income (expense), net changed by $0.8Interest expense increased $0.5 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to the prior fiscal year primarily due to higherinterest rates andanincreasedoutstanding balance on our revolving credit facility period over period.

OtherIncome (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net changed by $4.1 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 compared to the prior fiscal year primarily due to net foreign currency exchange gains which were recorded for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to net foreign currency exchange losses which were recorded in the prior fiscal year.yearas a result of significantfluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rates forboththe Euroand the U.S.Dollaragainst the Pound Sterling

25

 


Provision for Income Taxes 



The provision for income taxes was 30.0%27.7% of income before income taxes for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20132016 compared to 30.3%29.0% for the prior fiscal year. This slightThe decrease in the effective income tax rate from period to period was primarily driven by increasing foreign earnings generated in lower tax jurisdictions, which were offset by an increase in state taxes.the portion of taxable earnings attributable to foreign operations, particularly those in the U.K., which are taxed at lower tax rates.



Net Income



Net income was $39.8$52.6 million, or $2.54$3.64 per common share on a fully diluted basis, for fiscal year 20132016 compared to $35.5$44.8 million, or $2.20$3.04 per common share on a fully diluted basis, for the prior fiscal year. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates year over year had an unfavorable impact of $0.2$2.8 million on net income for fiscal year 2013.2016. Thus, on a constant currency basis, net income for fiscal year 20132016 would have been $40.0$55.4 million.

3026


 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 20122015 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 20112014



Operating Items



The following table summarizes operating data for our consolidated operations (in thousands, except percentages and per share amounts): 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

2012

 

2011

 

Dollars

 

Percent

2015

 

2014

 

Dollars

 

Percent

Net sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Multi-purpose maintenance products

$

286,480 

 

$

278,763 

 

$

7,717 

 

 

3% 

Maintenance products

$

333,306 

 

$

337,825 

 

$

(4,519)

 

 

(1)%

Homecare and cleaning products

 

56,304 

 

 

57,646 

 

 

(1,342)

 

 

(2)%

 

44,844 

 

 

45,172 

 

 

(328)

 

 

(1)%

Total net sales

 

342,784 

 

 

336,409 

 

 

6,375 

 

 

2% 

 

378,150 

 

 

382,997 

 

 

(4,847)

 

 

(1)%

Cost of products sold

 

174,302 

 

 

168,297 

 

 

6,005 

 

 

4% 

 

177,972 

 

 

184,144 

 

 

(6,172)

 

 

(3)%

Gross profit

 

168,482 

 

 

168,112 

 

 

370 

 

 

-

 

200,178 

 

 

198,853 

 

 

1,325 

 

 

1% 

Operating expenses

 

116,753 

 

 

113,980 

 

 

2,773 

 

 

2% 

 

134,788 

 

 

135,116 

 

 

(328)

 

 

 -

Income from operations

$

51,729 

 

$

54,132 

 

$

(2,403)

 

 

(4)%

$

65,390 

 

$

63,737 

 

$

1,653 

 

 

3% 

Net income

$

35,485 

 

$

36,433 

 

$

(948)

 

 

(3)%

$

44,807 

 

$

43,746 

 

$

1,061 

 

 

2% 

Earnings per common share - diluted

$

2.20 

 

$

2.14 

 

$

0.06 

 

 

3% 

$

3.04 

 

$

2.87 

 

$

0.17 

 

 

6% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales by Segment 



The following table summarizes net sales by segment (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

2012

 

2011

 

Dollars

 

Percent

2015

 

2014

 

Dollars

 

Percent

Americas

$

177,394 

 

$

169,881 

 

$

7,513 

 

 

4% 

$

187,344 

 

$

180,806 

 

$

6,538 

 

 

4% 

EMEA

 

116,936 

 

 

125,400 

 

 

(8,464)

 

 

(7)%

 

136,847 

 

 

151,368 

 

 

(14,521)

 

 

(10)%

Asia-Pacific

 

48,454 

 

 

41,128 

 

 

7,326 

 

 

18% 

 

53,959 

 

 

50,823 

 

 

3,136 

 

 

6% 

Total

$

342,784 

 

$

336,409 

 

$

6,375 

 

 

2% 

$

378,150 

 

$

382,997 

 

$

(4,847)

 

 

(1)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

 

The following table summarizes net sales by product line for the Americas segment (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

2012

 

2011

 

Dollars

 

Percent

2015

 

2014

 

Dollars

 

Percent

Multi-purpose maintenance products

$

136,105 

 

$

127,507 

 

$

8,598 

 

 

7% 

Maintenance products

$

156,937 

 

$

149,899 

 

$

7,038 

 

 

5% 

Homecare and cleaning products

 

41,289 

 

 

42,374 

 

 

(1,085)

 

 

(3)%

 

30,407 

 

 

30,907 

 

 

(500)

 

 

(2)%

Total

$

177,394 

 

$

169,881 

 

$

7,513 

 

 

4% 

$

187,344 

 

$

180,806 

 

$

6,538 

 

 

4% 

% of consolidated net sales

 

52% 

 

 

51% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50% 

 

 

47% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales in the Americas segment, which includes the U.S., Canada and Latin America, increased to $177.4$187.3 million, up $7.5$6.5 million, or 4%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 2011. 2014.Changes in foreign

31


currency exchange rates did not have a material impact on sales for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 2011.2014.



Sales of multi-purpose maintenance products in the Americas segment increased $8.6$7.0 million, or 7%5%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 2011.2014. This sales increase was primarily driven by higher sales of WD-40 multi-purpose maintenance products in Latin America and the U.S., which were up 10%7% and 5%, respectively, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 compared to fiscal

27


year2014. The increase in Latin America was primarily due to new distribution withinand successful promotional programs that were conducted during fiscal year 2015 throughout the mass retail channel, regained distribution withinLatin America region, particularlythose in Brazil and Mexico. The sales increase in the home center channel and the impactU.S. from period to period was primarily due to a higher level of promotional activities and increased distribution for the WD-40 multi-use products during product. Sales in the U.S. were also positively impacted from period to period due tothe launch of our new innovative WD-40 EZ Reach Flexible Straw product in thelast quarter offiscal year 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011. The increased2015. These sales of WD-40 productsincreases in Latin America and the U.S. were slightly offset by lowera sales decrease of these same3% for maintenance products in Latin America, which were down by 7%Canada, primarily due to new trade restrictions andchanges in foreign currency exchange rates. In functional currency, which is the unstable economic and political conditions, particularlyCanadian Dollar, sales of maintenance products in Argentina and Mexico.  In addition,Canada increased by 8% from period to period. Also contributing to the overall sales increase of the multi-purpose maintenance products in the Americas segment was also attributablefrom period to the successful launchperiodwere higher sales of the WD-40 Specialist product line, which began shippingwere up $2.3 million, or 26%, due to increased promotional activities and new distribution during fiscal year 2012 in the U.S. and Canada and realized positive sales results as compared to the initial forecasted sales for both regions.2015.



Sales of homecare and cleaning products in the Americas segment decreased $1.1$0.5 million, or 3%2%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 2011. Although2014. While total sales of the homecare and cleaning products in the U.S., which is where the majority of such sales originate, decreasedremained relatively constant from period to period, sales of Spot Shotsuch products increased 9%decreased in the U.S.Canada for fiscal year 20122015 as compared to fiscal year 2011.  This increase was2014.  In Canada, sales of homecare and cleaning products decreased 22%driven primarily duebythe unfavorable impacts of changes in foreign currency exchange rates from period to new distributionperiod and significant promotional display activities that were conducted during fiscal year 2012, but not in fiscal year 2011. This increase was more than offset by lower sales of Carpet Fresh and our2000 Flushes automatictoilet bowl cleaners and Spot Shot, which were down 24% and 19%, respectively,forfiscal year 2015 compared to fiscal year2014. In functional currency, sales of homecare and cleaning products in the U.S.Canada decreased by 13% from period to period.  While each of our homecare and cleaning products continue to generate positive cash flows, we have continued to experience decreased or flat sales for many of these products primarily due to lost distribution, competitive factors,reduced product offerings, competition, category declines and category declines.the volatility of orders from and promotional programs with certain of our customers, particularly those in the warehouse club and mass retail channels.



For the Americas segment, 81%82% of sales came from the U.S., and 19%18% of sales came from Canada and Latin America combined for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012,2015 compared to the distribution for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011,2014 when 79%81% of sales came from the U.S., and 21%19% of sales came from Canada and Latin America combined.  combined.

EMEA

The following table summarizes net sales by product line for the EMEA segment (in thousands, except percentages):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

2012

 

2011

 

Dollars

 

Percent

2015

 

2014

 

Dollars

 

Percent

Multi-purpose maintenance products

$

109,115 

 

$

116,461 

 

$

(7,346)

 

 

(6)%

Maintenance products

$

129,730 

 

$

144,255 

 

$

(14,525)

 

 

(10)%

Homecare and cleaning products

 

7,821 

 

 

8,939 

 

 

(1,118)

 

 

(13)%

 

7,117 

 

 

7,113 

 

 

 

 

 -

Total(1)

$

116,936 

 

$

125,400 

 

$

(8,464)

 

 

(7)%

$

136,847 

 

$

151,368 

 

$

(14,521)

 

 

(10)%

% of consolidated net sales

 

34% 

 

 

37% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36% 

 

 

40% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

While the Company’s reporting currency is U.S. Dollar, the functional currency of our U.K. subsidiary, the entity in which the EMEA results are generated, is Pound Sterling.Although the functional currency of this subsidiary is Pound Sterling,approximately 45% ofits sales are generated in Euroand 25% aregenerated in U.S. Dollar. As a result, the Pound Sterling sales and earningsfor the EMEA segment can be negatively or positively impacted from period to periodupontranslationfrom these currenciesdepending on whether the Euro and U.S. Dollar are weakening or strengthening against the Pound Sterling.

Sales in the EMEA segment, which includes Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Africa,India, decreased to $116.9$136.9 million, down $8.5$14.5 million, or 7%10%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 2011.2014. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates did not have a material impact on sales for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 2011.2014 had an unfavorable impact on sales. Sales for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 translated at the exchange rates in effect for fiscal year 2014 would have been $144.3 million in the EMEA segment. Thus, on a constant currency basis, sales would have decreased by $7.1 million, or 5%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 compared to fiscal year 2014.



The countries in Europe where we sell through a direct sales force include the U.K., Italy, France, Iberia (which includes Spain and Portugal) and the Germanics sales region (which(which includes Germany, Austria, Denmark,Switzerland, Belgium and the Netherlands).Overall, sales from direct markets decreased $10.6$6.6 million, or 13%7%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 2011. 2014.We experienced sales decreases throughout most of the Europe direct markets for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 2011,2014, with percentage decreases in sales as follows: Italy, 23%;the Germanics sales region, 21%12%; Italy, 13%; U.K., 11%; Iberia, 5%8%; and France, 4%7%.  The decreased sales in these regions were slightly offset by the sales increase of 3%

28

 


in the U.K. from period to period. The overall sales decline in the direct markets was primarily due to the adverse economic conditions,continued weakening of the Euro, the currency in which have existed throughout Europe sincea substantial portion of the beginning of ourdirect markets sales are generated, relative to the Pound Sterling from period to period. The average exchange rate for the Euro against the Pound Sterling decreased by 9% to 0.7497 during fiscal year 2012 and which worsened during2015 from 0.8265 for fiscal year 2014. As a result of this change in the second halfforeign currency exchange rates, our sales in the direct markets decreased from period to period in Pound Sterling. Although sales in the direct markets decreased from period to period, sales of the WD-40 Specialist product line increased $0.9  million, or 26%, due to expanded distribution of the product line in fiscal year as well as the increased level of competition.2015. Sales from direct markets accounted for 63% of the EMEA segment’s sales for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to 68%62% of the EMEA segment’s sales for fiscal year 2011.2014.

32




The regions in the EMEA segment where we sell through local distributors include the Middle East, Africa, India, Eastern and Northern Europe. Sales in the distributor markets increased $2.1decreased $7.9 million, or 5%14%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 20112014 primarily due to a significant decrease in sales in Russia and Ukraine as a result of the political and economic instability in Eastern Europe.Sales to Russia and Ukraine decreased by approximately 30% and 77%, respectively, from fiscal year 2014 to fiscal year 2015. Sales also decreased in the Middle East from fiscal year 2014 to fiscal year 2015, primarily due to lower sales of the WD-40 multi-use product in Afghanistan.Theseoverall sales decreases wereslightly offset by the general strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Pound Sterling from period to period, which increased sales, and higher sales volume of WD-40 multi-use productsproduct in EasternNorthern Europe and the Middle East. Overall, sales in the distributor markets were increased from year to year primarily due to the continued growth of theour base business in key markets, particularly those in Eastern Europe. In general, the markets in which we sell through local distributors have remained more stable from an economic standpoint than other countries in Europe.business. The distributor markets accounted for 37% of the total EMEA segment sales for the fiscalyear endedAugust 31, 2012,2015, compared to 32%38% for fiscal year 2011.  2014.



Asia-Pacific



The following table summarizes net sales by product line for the Asia-Pacific segment (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

2012

 

2011

 

Dollars

 

Percent

2015

 

2014

 

Dollars

 

Percent

Multi-purpose maintenance products

$

41,260 

 

$

34,795 

 

$

6,465 

 

 

19% 

Maintenance products

$

46,639 

 

$

43,670 

 

$

2,969 

 

 

7% 

Homecare and cleaning products

 

7,194 

 

 

6,333 

 

 

861 

 

 

14% 

 

7,320 

 

 

7,153 

 

 

167 

 

 

2% 

Total

$

48,454 

 

$

41,128 

 

$

7,326 

 

 

18% 

$

53,959 

 

$

50,823 

 

$

3,136 

 

 

6% 

% of consolidated net sales

 

14% 

 

 

12% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14% 

 

 

13% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales in the Asia-Pacific segment, which includes Australia, China and othercountries in the Asia regionincreased to $48.5  $54.0million,  up $7.3 $3.1million, or 18%,6% for the fiscal year endedAugust 31, 20122015 comparedto fiscal year 2011.2014. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates for the fiscal year ended August31, 2012 2015compared to fiscal year 20112014 had a favorablean unfavorable impact on sales.Sales for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 translated at the exchange rates in effect for fiscal year 20112014 would have been $47.9$56.1 million in the Asia-Pacific segment. Thus, on a constant currency basis, sales would have increased by $6.7$5.3 million, or 16%10%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 2011.2014.



Sales in Asia, which represented 63%68% of the total sales in the Asia-Pacific segment,increased $5.3$3.6 million, or 21%11%, forfiscal year ended August 31, 2015 compared to fiscal year2014. Sales in the Asia distributor markets increased $2.4 million, or 11%, from period to periodprimarily due to increased sales of the WD-40 multi-use product throughout most ofthedistributor markets, including those in South Korea, the Philippines and Indonesia.Sales in Chinaincreased $1.2 million, or 10%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 20112014 primarily due to the stable economic conditions which existed fornew distribution, much of which came from Southern China, and increased promotional activities from period to period.

Sales in Australia decreased by $0.5 million, or 3%, for the Asia region during most of fiscal year 2012. The distributor marketsended August31, 2015compared to fiscal year2014. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates had an unfavorable impact on Australia sales.In functional currency, which is the Asia region experienced aAustralian Dollar, sales increase of $3.9 million, or 24%increased by 10%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 2011,2014 primarily due to increased distribution and promotional activities from period to period as well as a price increase which was implemented at the continued growthend of the WD-40 multi-use products throughout the distributor markets, including those in Indonesia, South Korea and the Philippines. Sales in China increased $1.4 million, or 15%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011 due to the ongoing growth of our base business and the higher level of orders placed by our customers during promotional programs that were conducted in the first and third quarters of fiscal year 2012. In addition, sales in China were positively impacted by the timing of customer orders, specifically the higher level of such orders which were placed in advance of price increases that became effective at the beginning of the firstsecond quarter of fiscal year 2013.  Foreign currency exchange rates also had a favorable impact on sales results in China from year to year. On a constant currency basis, sales would have increased $1.0 million, or 11%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011.  Although sales in China increased year over year, the rate of growth slowed significantly in the second half of fiscal year 2012 due to the adverse economic conditions and the slowing of industrial activities in China.

Sales in Australia increased $2.0 million, or 13%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011 primarily due to a significant promotional program that was conducted during the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, a new product offering which was sold to certain of our customers during the second half of fiscal year 2012 and the ongoing growth of our base business. Although retail spending slowed in Australia in the second half of fiscal year 2012, demand for our products in Australia continued at a steady pace. Foreign currency exchange rates also had a favorable impact on sales results from year to year. On a constant currency basis, sales would have increased $1.8 million, or 11%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011. 

2015.

3329


 

Gross Profit



Grossprofitincreased to $168.5 $200.2millionfor thefiscal year endedAugust 31, 2012 2015compared to $168.1 $198.9million for fiscal year 2011.2014. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit decreased increasedto 49.2% 52.9%forthefiscal year endedAugust 31, 2012 2015compared to 50.0%51.9% for fiscal year 2011.2014.



Gross margin was negativelypositively impacted by 1.1 percentage points due to the combined effects of changes in the costs of petroleum-based materials and aerosol cans from period to period.  There is often a delay of one quarter or more before changes in raw material costs impact cost of products sold due to production and inventory life cycles. The majority of this combined negative impact to gross margin from period to period was due to the increase in costs associated with petroleum-based material.

In addition, gross margin was negatively impacted by 0.61.6 percentage points from period to period due to our North American supply chain restructure project. As a result of this project, we incurred higher warehousing, handling fees and freight costs, which were all partially offset by lower manufacturing fees from our third-party contract manufacturers, during fiscal year 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011. A large portion of these additional costs resulted from us moving inventory between our various third-party contract manufacturers and distribution centers in support of the redesign of our North American supply chain architecture. The activities related to this redesign project startedfavorable net changes in the first quartercosts of fiscal year 2012petroleum-based specialty chemicals and included consolidation of our third-party contract manufacturers and the restructuring of our distribution center network.

Weaerosol cans in all three segments. Gross margin was also incurred higher costs associated with raw materials related to our homecare and cleaning products, as well as increased manufacturing costs in our EMEA segment, which when combined negativelypositively impacted gross margin by 0.60.3 percentage points from period to period. Sales mix changes negatively impacted gross margin by 0.8 percentage points for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011, primarilyperiod due to the higher sales mix in the distributor market in our EMEA segment year over year. In addition, changes in foreign currency exchange rates negatively impacted gross margin by 0.2 percentage points.

The aforementioned unfavorable impacts to gross margin were significantly offset by the sales price increases, which positively affected gross margin by 2.2 percentage points for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011.increases.  These sales price increases were implemented in certain locations and markets throughout mostin the Asia-Pacific and EMEA segments over the last twelve months of fiscal year 2012 and in the second half of fiscal year 2011. Lower manufacturing costs in our Asia-Pacific segment also positively affected2015. In addition, gross margin was positively impacted by 0.30.1 percentage points from period to period.period due to lower warehousing and in-bound freight costs, particularly in the Americas segment.



These favorable impacts to gross margin were partially offset by 0.3 percentage points due to a higher level ofadvertising, promotional and other discounts that we give to our customers from period to period. The increase in such discounts was due to a higher percentage of sales being subject to promotional allowances during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 compared to fiscal year 2014, primarily in the Asia-Pacific and Americas segments. In general, the timing of advertising, promotional and other discounts may cause fluctuations in gross margin from period to period.The costs associated with certain promotional activities are recorded as a reduction to sales while others are recorded as advertising and sales promotion expenses. Advertising, promotional and other discounts that are given to our customers are recorded as a reduction to sales, whereas advertising and sales promotional costs associated with promotional activities that we pay to third parties are recorded as advertising and sales promotion expenses.Changes in foreign currency exchange rates also negatively impacted gross margin by 0.5 percentage points primarily due to the fluctuations in the exchange rates for the Euro and U.S. Dollar against the Pound Sterling in our EMEA segment from period to period. In the EMEA segment, the majority of our cost of goods sold is denominated in Pound Sterling whereas sales are generated in Pound Sterling, Euro and the U.S. Dollar. The net effect of the general weakening of the Euro against the Pound Sterling and the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Pound Sterling from period to period caused a decrease in our sales, resulting in unfavorable impacts to the gross margin.The combined effects of unfavorable sales mix changes and other miscellaneous costs also negatively impacted gross margin by 0.2 percentage points from period to period.  

Note that our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to those of other consumer product companies, since some of these companies include all costs related to distribution of their products in cost of products sold, whereas we exclude the portion associated with amounts paid to third parties for shipment to our customers from our distribution centers and contractmanufacturersand include these costs in selling, general and administrative expenses. These costs totaled $15.4$15.8 million and $15.0$16.2 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 20122015 and 2011, respectively.2014, respectively.



Selling, General and Administrative Expenses



Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expensesfor the fiscal year endedAugust 31, 20122015 increased $1.6 $0.3million or 2%, to $88.9 $108.9million from $87.3 $108.6million for fiscal year 2011.2014.  As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses remained constant at 26.0%increased to 28.8% for the fiscal yearsyear ended August 31, 2012 and 2011.2015 from 28.3% for fiscal year 2014. The increase inSG&A expenses was largelyprimarily attributable to higher employee-related costs, a higher professional serviceslevel of expenses associated with travel and meetings, higher costs associated with new product exploration, and increased freight costs.depreciation expense, from period to period.  Employee-related costs, which include salaries, bonuses,incentive compensation, profit sharing, stock-based compensation and other fringe benefits, increased by $1.7 million from period to periodprimarily due to annual compensation increases,  higher staffing levelsand other employee-related costs we incurred associated with changesthat we madeto our WD-40 Bike businessin the United States. These increaseswere partially offset by lower earned incentive compensation, from period to period. Travel and meeting expenses increased $0.8 million due to a higher level of travel expenses associated with various sales meetings and activities in support of our strategic initiatives. The$0.8 millionincrease in new product exploration expenses, which are included inresearch and developmentcosts, was primarily due toanincreased level of spending during fiscal year 2015 related to the continued development of our productswithin the WD-40 brand. Depreciation expense increased by $0.5 million from period to period primarily due to our continued investment in computer system related assets and other capital assets which support our general business operations. Other miscellaneous expenses, which primarily include general office overhead, sales commission, and insurance costs, also increased by $0.5 million period over period. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $1.4 million in professional services costs from period to period, primarily due to lower legal fees associated with litigation activities and general consulting services in our Americas and EMEA segments. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates had a favorable impact of $2.6 million on SG&A expenses for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 2011 primarily due to annual compensation increases and higher staffing levels in all segments. This increase in compensation costs was partially offset by lower bonus and stock-based compensation expenses from period to period. Although we started to experience some reduction in our freight costs in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 as a result of our North American supply chain restructure, freight costs increased overall by $0.5 million year over year primarily due to increased diesel costs and reduced truckload sizes as a result of smaller, more frequent orders being placed by our customers during the first half of the fiscal year 2012. Professional services costs increased $0.6 million due primarily to higher legal fees. Other miscellaneous expenses, which primarily include broker sales commissions, meeting expenses, office overhead expenses and software support expenses and fees, increased by $0.2 million period over period.

34


The increases in SG&A expenses described above were partially offset by a decrease in expenses associated with new product exploration from period to period. The decrease in new product exploration expenses within research and development of $0.3 million was primarily due to the increased level of spending in this area during fiscal year 2011 related to the development of the WD-40 Specialist product line, which was launched in the first quarter of fiscal year 2012. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates decreased SG&A expenses by $0.2 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011.  2014.  



We continued our research and development investment, the majority of which is associated with our multi-purpose maintenance products, in support of our focus on innovation and renovation of our products. Research and development costs for the fiscal years ended August 31, 20122015 and 20112014 were $5.1$9.0 million and $5.5$6.9 million, respectively. Our research and development team engages in

30


consumer research, product development, current product improvement and testing activities. This team leverages its development capabilities by partnering with a network of outside resources including our current and prospective outsource suppliers. The level and types of expenses incurred within research and development can vary or offset each other from period to period depending upon the types of activities being performed.performed.



Advertising and Sales Promotion Expenses



Advertising and sales promotion expenses for the fiscal year endedAugust 31, 2012 increased $0.6 2015 decreased $1.0million, or 2%4%, to $25.7 $22.9million from $25.1 $23.9million for fiscal year 2011.2014. As a percentage of net sales, these expenses remained constant at 7.5%decreased to 6.0% forthe fiscal yearsyear ended August 31, 2012 and 2011.2015from6.2%for fiscal year 2014.  The increasedecrease in advertising and sales promotion expenses was primarily due toa  higherlower level of advertisingpromotional programs and promotional activitiesmarketing support in the EMEA segmentfrom period over period, primarily in our Asia-Pacific segment. to period.Changes in foreign currency exchange rates did not have a material impact on advertising and sales promotion expenses for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 2011.2014. 

 

As a percentage of net sales, advertising and sales promotion expenses may fluctuate period to period based upon the type of marketing activities we employ and the period in which the costs are incurred. Total promotional costs recorded as a reduction to sales were $20.1$16.0 million and $18.8$16.2 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 20122015 and 2011,2014, respectively. Therefore, our total investment in advertising and sales promotion activities totaled $45.8$38.9 million and $43.9$40.1 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 20122015 and 2011, respectively.2014, respectively.



Amortization of Definite-lived Intangible Assets Expense



Amortization of our definite-lived intangible assets was $2.1$3.0 million and $1.5$2.6 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 20122015 and 2011,2014, respectively. TheThis $0.4 million increase in amortization for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012from period to period was relatedprimarily due to the additional amortization expense of 2000 Flushes, Spot Shot and 1001 trade names starting March 1, 2011 as these intangible assets were changed to definite-lived from indefinite-lived intangible assets at February 28, 2011. The amortization for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011 related only to the Carpet Fresh and X-14 trade names and certain non-contractual customer relationships from theGT85 Limited acquisition, of the 1001 line of productswhich we completed in fiscal year 2004. September 2014.   



Income from Operations by Segment



The Company has updated the financial information previously reported for the business segments to separate out the unallocated corporate expenses. These amounts were included within the Americas segment in the Company’s previously reported business segment information.The following table summarizes income from operations by segment (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year

 

2012

 

2011

 

Dollars

 

Percent

Americas

$

39,455 

 

$

39,085 

 

$

370 

 

 

-

EMEA

 

23,524 

 

 

27,846 

 

 

(4,322)

 

 

(16)%

Asia-Pacific

 

8,458 

 

 

6,509 

 

 

1,949 

 

 

30% 

Unallocated corporate (1)

 

(19,708)

 

 

(19,308)

 

 

(400)

 

 

2% 

 

$

51,729 

 

$

54,132 

 

$

(2,403)

 

 

(4)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Fiscal Year Ended August 31,



 

 

 

 

 

 

Change from
Prior Year



2015

 

2014

 

Dollars

 

Percent

Americas

$

46,674 

 

$

41,356 

 

$

5,318 

 

 

13% 

EMEA

 

30,173 

 

 

34,003 

 

 

(3,830)

 

 

(11)%

Asia-Pacific

 

12,602 

 

 

10,364 

 

 

2,238 

 

 

22% 

Unallocated corporate (1)

 

(24,059)

 

 

(21,986)

 

 

(2,073)

 

 

9% 



$

65,390 

 

$

63,737 

 

$

1,653 

 

 

3% 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Unallocated corporate expenses are general corporate overhead expenses not directly attributable to any one of the operating segments. These expenses are reported separate from the Company’s identified segments and are included in Selling, General and Administrative expenses on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.



Americas



Income from operations for the Americas segment remained relatively constant year over year. Although sales in the Americas segment increased $7.5to $46.7 million, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011, gross profit as a percentage of net sales decreased from 50.4% to 48.8%.  This decrease in the gross margin from year to year was primarily due to increased costs of petroleum-based materials and higher warehousing and freight costs in connection with our North American supply chain restructure project, which were partially offset by the positive impact of sales price increases year over year. The higher level of sales for the Americas segment from year to year was accompanied by an increase in total operating expenses of $1.0 million.  Operating income as a percentage of net sales remained relatively constant at 22.3% for fiscal year 2012 compared to 23.2% for fiscal year 2011.

EMEA

Income from operations for the EMEA segment decreased to $23.5 million, down $4.3up $5.3 million, or 16%13%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 2011,2014, primarily due to a decrease$6.5 million increase in sales of $8.5 million.and a higher gross margin. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the Americas segment increased from 51.0% to 52.6% period over period. This increase in the gross margin was primarily due to the combined positive impacts of decreased costs of petroleum-based specialty chemicals and aerosol cans as well as decreasedwarehousing and in-bound freight costsfrom period to period. The higher level of sales from period to period in the Americas segment was accompanied by a $1.0 million increase in total operating expenses. Operating income as a percentage of net sales increased from 22.9% to 24.9% period over period.

EMEA

Income from operations for the EMEA segment decreased slightly to 51.3%$30.2 million, down $3.8 million, or 11%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to 51.5%fiscal year2014, primarily due to a $14.5 million decrease in sales.   As a percentage of net sales,

31


gross profit for fiscal year 2011. Althoughthe EMEA segment increased from 54.0% to 54.6% period over period primarily due to the combined positive impacts of decreased costs of petroleum-based specialty chemicals and aerosol cans and price increases, both of which were significantly offset by the unfavorable impacts of changes in sales mix and fluctuations inforeign currency exchange rates from period to period.In the EMEA segment, the majority of our cost of goods sold is denominated in Pound Sterling whereas sales are generated in Pound Sterling, Euro and U.S. Dollar. The net effects of the continued weakening of the Euro against the Pound Sterling and the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Pound Sterling from period to period has caused our sales to decrease, resulting in unfavorable impacts to the gross margin. The lower level of sales was accompanied by a $3.2 million decrease in total operating expenses decreased $0.3 million from year to year, operatingdriven mainly by loweradvertising and sales promotion expenses, freight costs and earned incentive compensation. Operating income as a percentage of net sales decreased from 22.2% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 201122.5% to 20.1% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012.22.0% period over period.



Asia-Pacific



Income from operations for the Asia-Pacific segment increased to $8.5$12.6 million, up $1.9$2.2 million, or 30%22%, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 2011. The increase in the income from operations for our Asia-Pacific segment was2014, primarily due to ana $3.1 million increase in sales and a higher gross margin. As a percentage of $7.3 million and an increase in thenet sales, gross profit for the Asia-Pacific segment increased from 48.9% to 49.9% from period to period due to the combined positive impacts of sales price increases and decreased costs of petroleum-based specialty chemicals and aerosol cans, both of which were partially offset by ahigher level ofadvertising, promotional and other discounts that we gave to our customers from period to period. Operating income as a percentage of net sales from 43.8% to 45.3% year over year.  Gross margin for the Asia-Pacific segment increased from year20.4% to year primarily due to the combined effects of lower manufacturing costs and price increases in the Asia-Pacific region, which were partially offset by increased costs of petroleum-based materials. The higher level of sales for the Asia-Pacific segment from year to year was accompanied by an increase in total operating expenses of $1.9 million.  As a percentage of net sales, operating income increased from 15.8% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011 to 17.5% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012.23.4% period over period.



Non-Operating Items



The following table summarizes non-operating income and expenses for our consolidated operations (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

2012

 

2011

 

Change

2015

 

2014

 

Change

Interest income

$

261 

 

$

228 

 

$

33 

$

584 

 

$

596 

 

$

(12)

Interest expense

$

729 

 

$

1,076 

 

$

(347)

$

1,205 

 

$

1,002 

 

$

203 

Other (expense) income, net

$

(348)

 

$

247 

 

$

(595)

Other expense

$

1,659 

 

$

372 

 

$

1,287 

Provision for income taxes

$

15,428 

 

$

17,098 

 

$

(1,670)

$

18,303 

 

$

19,213 

 

$

(910)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income



Interest income remained relatively constant for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012 2015compared to fiscal year 2011.2014.



Interest Expense



Interest expense decreased $0.3 increased $0.2millionfor the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012 2015compared to fiscal year 20112014 primarily due to lower interest rates on thea higher outstanding balance on theour revolving credit facility as compared to the interest rate on the remaining balance on the term loan. The final principal payment of $10.7 million on the term loan was made in October 2011.

36


Other (Expense) Income, Netperiod over period.



Other (expense) income, net changed Expense

Otherexpense increasedby $0.6 $1.3millionfor the fiscal year ended August 31, 20122015 compared to fiscal year 20112014 primarilydue tohigher net foreign currency exchange losses which were recorded forfrom period to period as a result of significantfluctuations in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012 compared to net foreign currency exchange gains which were recorded in fiscal year 2011.rates for the Euro and U.S. Dollar against the Pound Sterling.  



Provision for Income Taxes



Theprovision for incometaxes was 30.3%29.0% of income before income taxes for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012 2015compared to 31.9%30.5% for fiscal year 2011. 2014.The decrease in the effective income tax rate from period to period was primarily dueattributable to a reductionan increase in the state effectivetaxable income in the U.K., whichistaxed at lower statutory income tax rate as a result of a recent California tax law change. The decrease from period to period was also attributable to the benefit from certain foreign earnings generated in lower tax rate jurisdictions, favorable net change in liability for uncertain tax positions and the increased benefit from the deduction for qualified domestic production activities.rates.



Net Income



Net incomewas $35.5 $44.8million, or $2.20 $3.04per common share on a fully diluted basis, for fiscal year 2012 2015compared to $36.4 $43.7million, or $2.14 $2.87per common share on a fully diluted basis, for fiscal year 2011.2014. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates year over year had an unfavorable impact of $0.2 $1.7million on net income for fiscal year 2012.2015. Thus, on a constant currency basis, net income for fiscal year 2012 2015would have been $35.7 $46.5million.

32

 


Performance Measures and Non-GAAP Reconciliations



In managing our business operations and assessing our financial performance, we supplement the information provided by our financial statements with certain non-GAAP performance measures. These performance measures are part of our 50/current 55/30/20 rule,25 business model, which includes gross margin, cost of doing business, and EBITDA,earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), the latter two of which are non-GAAP performance measures. Cost of doing business is defined as total operating expenses less amortization of definite-lived intangible assets, impairment of definite-livedcharges related to intangible assets and depreciation in operating departments, and EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. WeBeginning in fiscal year 2016, we changed to this new 55/30/25 business model from our previous 50/30/20 business model. This means that we now target our gross margin to be at or above 50%55% of net sales, our cost of doing business to be at or below 30% of net sales, and our EBITDA to be at or above 20%25% of netsales. Although our resultsResults for these performance measures may vary from period to period depending on various factors, including economic conditions and our level of investment in activities for the future such as those related toquality assurance, regulatory compliance, and intellectual property protection in order to safeguard our WD-40 brand.The targets for these performance measures are long-term in nature, particularly those for cost of doing business and EBITDA, and we continueexpect to focus on and workmake progress towards achievement ofachieving them over time as our 50/30/20 targets over the long-term.revenues increase.



The following table summarizes the results of these performance measures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

Gross margin

 

51% 

 

 

49% 

 

 

50% 

Cost of doing business as a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

percentage of net sales

 

35% 

 

 

33% 

 

 

33% 

EBITDA as a percentage of net sales

 

17% 

 

 

16% 

 

 

17% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Fiscal Year Ended August 31,



2016

 

2015

 

2014

Gross margin - GAAP

 

56% 

 

 

53% 

 

 

52% 

Cost of doing business as a percentage of net sales - non-GAAP

 

36% 

 

 

34% 

 

 

34% 

EBITDA as a percentage of net sales - non-GAAP (1)

 

21% 

 

 

19% 

 

 

18% 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Percentages may not aggregate to EBITDA percentage due to rounding and because amounts recorded in other income (expense), net on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations are not included as an adjustment to earnings in the EBITDA calculation.

We use the performance measures above to establish financial goals and to gain an understanding of the comparative performance of the Company from period to period. We believe that these measures provide our shareholders with additional insights into the Company’s results of operations and how we run our business. The non-GAAP financial measures are supplemental in nature and should not be considered in isolation or as alternatives to net income, income from operations or other financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP as indicators of the Company’s performance or operations. The use of any non-GAAP measure may produce results that vary from the GAAP measure and may not be comparable to a similarly defined non-GAAP measure used by other companies. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to our financial statements as prepared in accordance with GAAP are as follows:



37


Cost of Doing Business (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

Total operating expenses - GAAP

$

132,526 

 

$

116,753 

 

$

113,980 

Amortization of definite-lived

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

intangible assets

 

(2,260)

 

 

(2,133)

 

 

(1,537)

Impairment of definite-lived

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

intangible assets

 

(1,077)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Depreciation (in operating departments)

 

(1,851)

 

 

(1,597)

 

 

(1,637)

Cost of doing business

$

127,338 

 

$

113,023 

 

$

110,806 

Net sales

$

368,548 

 

$

342,784 

 

$

336,409 

Cost of doing business as a percentage of net sales

 

35% 

 

 

33% 

 

 

33% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Fiscal Year Ended August 31,



2016

 

2015

 

2014

Total operating expenses - GAAP

$

143,021 

 

$

134,788 

 

$

135,116 

Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets

 

(2,976)

 

 

(3,039)

 

 

(2,617)

Depreciation (in operating departments)

 

(2,744)

 

 

(2,664)

 

 

(2,218)

Cost of doing business

$

137,301 

 

$

129,085 

 

$

130,281 

Net sales

$

380,670 

 

$

378,150 

 

$

382,997 

Cost of doing business as a percentage of net sales - non-GAAP

 

36% 

 

 

34% 

 

 

34% 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33


EBITDA (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

2013

 

2012

 

2011

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Net income - GAAP

$

39,813 

 

$

35,485 

 

$

36,433 

$

52,628 

 

$

44,807 

 

$

43,746 

Provision for income taxes

 

17,054 

 

 

15,428 

 

 

17,098 

 

20,161 

 

 

18,303 

 

 

19,213 

Interest income

 

(506)

 

 

(261)

 

 

(228)

 

(683)

 

 

(584)

 

 

(596)

Interest expense

 

693 

 

 

729 

 

 

1,076 

 

1,703 

 

 

1,205 

 

 

1,002 

Amortization of definite-lived

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

intangible assets

 

2,260 

 

 

2,133 

 

 

1,537 

 

2,976 

 

 

3,039 

 

 

2,617 

Depreciation

 

3,099 

 

 

2,736 

 

 

2,849 

 

3,489 

 

 

3,425 

 

 

3,243 

EBITDA

$

62,413 

 

$

56,250 

 

$

58,765 

$

80,274 

 

$

70,195 

 

$

69,225 

Net sales

$

368,548 

 

$

342,784 

 

$

336,409 

$

380,670 

 

$

378,150 

 

$

382,997 

EBITDA as a percentage of net sales

 

17% 

 

 

16% 

 

 

17% 

EBITDA as a percentage of net sales - non-GAAP

 

21% 

 

 

19% 

 

 

18% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Liquidity and Capital Resources



Overview



The Company’s financial condition and liquidity remain strong. Net cash provided by operations was $51.5$60.6 million for fiscal year 20132016 compared to $34.2$55.1 million for fiscal year 2012.2015. We believe we continue to be well positioned to weather any uncertainty in the capital markets and global economy due to our strong balance sheet and efficient business model, along with our growing and diversified global revenues. We continue to manage all aspects of our business including, but not limited to, monitoring the financial health of our customers, suppliers and other third-party relationships, implementing gross margin enhancement strategies and developing new opportunities for growth.



Our principal sources of liquidity are our existing cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, cash generated from operations and cash currently available from our existing $125.0$175.0 millionrevolving credit facility with Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”)., which expires on May 13, 2020. To date, we have used the proceeds of the revolving credit facility for our stock repurchases and plan to continue using such proceeds for our general working capital needs and stockrepurchases under any existing ourboard approved share buy-back plans.plan.  The Company also utilized this revolving credit facility in September 2016 to fund the purchase of its new headquarters office, which will house both corporate employees and employees in the Company’s Americas segment.  During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013,2016, we borrowed an additional $18.0had net new borrowings of $14.0 million U.S. dollarsunder the revolving credit facility. We regularly convert existing draws on our line of credit to new draws with new maturity dates and interest rates, however the balance on these draws has remained within a short-term classification as a result of these conversions.rates. As of August 31, 2013,2016, we had a $63.0$122.0 million outstanding balance on the revolving credit facility. Thefacility, all of which was classified as long-term, and there were no other letters of credit outstanding or restrictions on the amount available on this line of credit. Per the terms of the revolving credit facility agreement, requires usour consolidated leverage ratio cannot be greater than three to maintain minimumone and our consolidated earnings before interest income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) of $40.0 million, measuredcoverage ratio cannot be less than three to one. See Note 7 – Debt for additional information on a trailing twelve month basis, at each reporting period.these financial covenants. At August 31, 2013,2016, we were in compliance with all debt covenants as required by the revolving credit facility and believe it is unlikely we will fail to meetcomply with any of these covenants inover the foreseeable future.next twelve months. We would need to have a significant decrease in sales and/or a significant increase in expensesin order for us to not meetcomply with the debt covenants.



38


At August 31, 2013,2016, we had a total of $53.4$108.5 million in cash and cash equivalents.equivalents and short-term investments. Of this balance, $36.5$102.2 million was held in Europe, Australia and China in foreign currencies. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, management determined that it would undertake, in fiscal year 2017, a one-time repatriation of $8.2 million, which represents all of the historical foreign earnings from its Australia subsidiary and 90% of the historical foreign earnings from its China subsidiary.  Management determined that such a foreign distribution was prudent due to the current favorable tax consequences of such a distribution, stemming principally from the recent significant strengthening of the U.S. dollar against various currencies in which the Company conducts business. Accordingly, we determined that we were no longer indefinitely reinvested with respect to this amount of unremitted earnings and recorded the impact of this decision in the 2016 income tax provision, which resulted in the recognition of an incremental immaterial tax benefit.  It is ourthe Company’s current intention to indefinitely reinvest all current andany future foreign earnings of its Australia and China subsidiaries. However, management will make such determination based on an evaluation of facts and circumstances at these locations in order to ensure sufficient working capital, expand operations and fund foreign acquisitions in these locations. each future reporting date.

We believe that our future cash from domestic operations, together with our access to funds available under our unsecured revolving credit facility will provide adequate resources to fund both short-term and long-term operating requirements, capital expenditures, share repurchases, dividend payments, acquisitions and new business development activities in the United States.

34


Although we hold a significant amount of cash outside of the United States and the draws on the credit facility to date have been made by our entity in the United States, we do not foresee any ongoing issues with repaying or refinancing these loans with domestically generated funds since we closely monitor the use of this credit facility. In the event that management elects for any reason in the future to repatriate some or all of theadditional foreign earnings that were previously deemed to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States,U.S., we would incurbe required to record additional tax expense uponat the time when we determine that such repatriation.foreign earnings are no longer deemed to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States. As of August 31, 2013,2016, we have not provided for U.S. federal and state income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on $84.7$113.4 million of undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries, mostly attributable to the U.K., since these earnings are considered indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States.



We believe that our existing consolidated cash and cash equivalents at August 31, 2013,2016, the liquidity provided by our $125.0$175.0 million revolving credit facility and our anticipated cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our projected consolidated operating and capital requirements for at least the next twelve months. We consider various factors when reviewing liquidity needs and plans for available cash on hand including: future debt, principal and interest payments, future capital expenditure requirements, future share repurchases, future dividend payments (which are determined on a quarterly basis by the Company’s Board of Directors), alternative investment opportunities, debt covenants and any other relevant considerations currently facing our business.



Cash Flows



The following table summarizes our cash flows by category for the periods presented (in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

2013

 

2012

 

2011

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Net cash provided by operating activities

$

51,569 

 

$

34,249 

 

$

30,009 

$

60,604 

 

$

55,064 

 

$

38,730 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(39,534)

 

 

(3,113)

 

 

(3,220)

 

(20,920)

 

 

(16,951)

 

 

(10,503)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(26,840)

 

 

(16,082)

 

 

(48,933)

 

(38,536)

 

 

(38,663)

 

 

(25,842)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

(1,480)

 

 

(1,728)

 

 

2,609 

 

(4,153)

 

 

(3,357)

 

 

1,984 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

$

(16,285)

 

$

13,326 

 

$

(19,535)

$

(3,005)

 

$

(3,907)

 

$

4,369 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Activities



Net cash provided by operating activities increased $17.3$5.5 million to $51.5$60.6 million for fiscal year 20132016 from $34.2$55.1 million for fiscal year 2012.  This increase2015. Cash flows from operating activities depend heavily on operating performance and changes in working capital. Our primary source of operating cash flows for fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 was net income of $52.6 million, which increased $7.8 million from period to periodperiod. This increase was due to higher net income andslightly offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities, the most significant ofour working capital, which were changesprimarily attributable to an overall increase in accrued payroll and related expenses,the trade accounts receivable inventories and accounts payable and accrued liabilities. Accrued payroll and related expenses increased from period to period primarilybalance due to significantly higher bonus accrualsincreased sales volumes in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013. Based on our results for fiscal year 2013, we achieved a high level of the profit performance metrics at both the segment level and globally required to trigger payout of bonuses, and as a result, bonus expense and the related fringe benefit expense were significantly higher in fiscal year 20132016 as compared to the same quarter in the prior fiscal year. Trade accounts receivable balances increased for fiscal year 2013 whereas the balances decreased for fiscal year 2012 primarily due to increased sales and the timing of payments received from our customers from period to period. Although inventory levels increased during bothAlso contributing to the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013 and 2012, the increase was much more significant during fiscal year 2012 when we started our North American supply chain restructure project.  The significant increasechange in inventory during fiscal year 2012 was primarily attributableworking capital from period to increased purchases of product that we chose to make from our third-party contract manufacturers in support of this redesign of our supply chain architecture. As a result of this new supply chain structure in North America, we carry higher levels of inventory than we have held in periods prior to fiscal year 2012 since we are moving product more quickly into our third-party distribution centers which is company-owned inventory.  Inventory balances at August 31, 2013 and 2012 included $1.8 million and $3.6 million, respectively, of product (including raw materials, components and

39


finished products) that we are obligated to purchase from one of our third-party contract manufacturers, IQ Products Company, in conjunction with the unanticipated termination of our business relationship with themperiod were lower earned incentive payouts in the fourthfirst quarter of fiscal year 2012 and which continues2016 compared to be the subjectsame period of pending litigation. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities decreased fromthe prior fiscal year 2012 toas well as significantly higheraccruals forearned incentivecompensationin fiscal year 2013 primarily due2016 as compared to the increased inventory levels in 2012 as a result of the supply chain restructure project, the termination of the business relationship with IQ Products Company in 2012 and the timing of payments to suppliers from period toprior year period.



Net cash provided by operating activities increased $4.2$16.4 million to $34.2$55.1 million for fiscal year 20122015 from $30.0$38.7 million for fiscal year 2011. This increase2014.Cash flows from operating activities depend heavily on operating performance and changes in working capital. Our primary source of operating cash flows for fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 was net income of $44.8 million. The changes in our working capital from period to period was duewere primarily attributable to changesan overall decrease in operating assets and liabilities, the most significant of which were changes in inventories, trade accounts receivable accrued payroll and related expenses and accounts payable and accrued liabilities.  The increase in inventories from period to period was primarily attributable to increased purchases of product that we chose to make from our third-party contract manufacturers in support of the redesign of our North American supply chain architecture.  In addition, inventories increased balancedue to $3.6 million of product (including raw materials, components and finished products) that we were obligated to purchase from one of our third-party contract manufacturers, IQ Products Company, in conjunction with the unanticipated termination of our business relationship with them which is the subject of pending litigation. Trade accounts receivable balances decreased for fiscal year 2012 whereas the balances increased for fiscal year 2011 primarily due to higher sales volumes in the final months of fiscal year 2011 compared to fiscal year 2010 and the timing of payments received from our customers from period to period. Accrued payroll and related expenses decreasedIn addition, the net cash provided by operating activities was impacted by the overall decrease in inventory levels due to the timing of our inventory purchasesfrom period to period. Also contributing to the changes in working capital from period to period primarily due to the payment ofwere lower earned incentive payouts and accruals in fiscal year 2011 bonuses during2015 compared to fiscal year 2014.  The settlement of an insurance reimbursable item in the firstsecond quarter of fiscal year 2012 2015,which were significantly lower than those paidwas recorded in the third quarter of fiscal year 2011 for fiscal year 2010 bonuses 2014,and lower bonus accrualsincome taxes receivable balances also contributed to the overall increase in  fiscal year 2012.  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities increasedcash provided by operating activities from period to period primarily due to the increased inventory purchases related to the new supply chain architecture, the termination of the business relationship with IQ Products Company and the timing of payments to suppliers.period.



Investing Activities



Net cash used in investing activities increased $36.4$4.0 million to $39.5$20.9 million for fiscal year 20132016 from $3.1$16.9 million for fiscal year 20122015 primarily due to the purchasea $9.5 million increase in net purchases of $36.8 million in short-term investments that waswere made by our U.K. and Australia subsidiaries. This increase was partially offset by a decrease of $4.1 million in cash outflow related to the GT85 Limited

35


acquisition which was completed by our U.K. subsidiary duringin early fiscal year 20132015 and the lower level of proceeds from the sales of property and equipmenta $1.4 million decrease in capital expenditures from period to period. Proceeds from the sales of property and equipment were unusually high

Net cash used in investing activities increased $6.4 million to $16.9 million for fiscal year 20122015 from $10.5 million for fiscal year 2014 primarily due to a $4.1 million cash outflow related to the saleGT85 Limited acquisition which was completed by our U.K. subsidiary in September 2014. Of this $4.1 million purchase consideration, $3.7 million was paid in early fiscal year 2015 and the remaining balance was paid in the last quarter of fiscal year 2015. Also contributing to the total cash outflows were a $2.9 million increase in purchases of short-term investments that were made by our warehouse facility that was locatedU.K. and Australia subsidiaries, and a $1.7 million increase in Memphis, Tennessee.capital expenditures from period to period.  These increases were slightly offset by a decrease of $0.9in cash outflow related to the Belgium customer list which was acquired by our U.K. subsidiary for $1.8 million in purchases of property and equipment from period to period. In addition, there was a $1.5 million increase in cash provided by investing activities due to an increase in the amount of short-term investments maturing in our Australia subsidiaryfiscal year over year.2014.



Net cash used for investing activities decreased $0.1 million to $3.1 million for fiscal year 2012 from $3.2 million for fiscal year 2011 due primarily to higher purchases of property and equipment of $0.9 million, which were more than offset by higher proceeds from the sales of property and equipment of $1.0 million, the majority of which came from the sale of our warehouse facility located in Memphis, Tennessee during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012.

Financing Activities



Net cash used in financing activities decreased $0.2 million to $38.5 million for fiscal year 2016 from $38.7 million for the fiscal year 2015 primarily due to a $4.0 million increase in cash proceeds from our revolving credit facility, which was almost completely offset by a $1.9 million increase in dividends paid and a $1.9 million increase in cash outflow for treasury stock purchases from period to period. 

Net cash used in financing activities increased $10.7$12.9 million to $26.8$38.7 million for fiscal year 20132015 from $16.1$25.8 million for fiscal year 20122014 primarily due to the changea $25.0 million decrease in the level of net cash inflows associated withproceeds from our revolving line of credit and payments made on our debt balances.  In fiscal year 2012, we drew $114.6 million on our line of credit and we used $80.3 million of these funds to pay off our term loan and to make repayments on the line of credit.  In fiscal year 2013, we only drew $18.0 million on the line of credit and made no such repayments of debt. In addition, therefacility, which was an $8.4partially offset by a $12.5 million decrease in treasury stock purchases during fiscal year 2013 comparedpurchases.  Dividends paid also increased by $1.5 million from period to the prior fiscal year and a $2.2 million decrease in the proceeds from the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of stock options from year to year.period.



Net cash used in financing activities decreased $32.8 million to $16.1 million for fiscal year 2012 from $48.9 million for fiscal year 2011 driven in part by the $114.6 million in draws that we executed against our revolving credit facility with Bank of America during fiscal year 2012. This increase in cash was significantly offset by $69.6 million in repayments made on this revolving credit facility and a $13.2 million decrease in proceeds from the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of stock options from year to year.    In addition, there was a $1.6 million decrease in treasury stock purchases during fiscal year 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011.

40


Effect of Exchange Rate Changes



All of our foreign subsidiaries currently operate in currencies other than the U.S. dollarDollar and a significant portion of our consolidated cash balance is denominated in these foreign functional currencies, particularly at our U.K. subsidiary which operates in Pound Sterling. As a result, our cash and cash equivalents balances are subject to the effects of the fluctuations in these functional currencies against the U.S. dollarsDollar at the end of each reporting period. The net effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents, when expressed in U.S. Dollar terms, was a decrease in cash of $1.5$4.2 million and $3.4 million for fiscal year 2013, a decrease in cash of $1.7 million for fiscal year 2012years 2016 and 2015, respectively, and an increase in cash of $2.6$2.0 million for fiscal year 2011.2014. These changes were primarily due to fluctuations in various foreign currency exchange rates from period to period, are primarily duebut the majority is related to the significant fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rates for the Pound Sterling against the U.S. Dollar and lower Pound Sterling cash and cash equivalent balances from period to period. The Pound Sterling to U.S. Dollar exchange rate decreased from 1.5824 to 1.5516 during fiscal year 2013, decreased from 1.6352 to 1.5824 during fiscal year 2012 and increased from 1.5514 to 1.6352 during fiscal year 2011.Dollar.



Share Repurchase Plans



On December 13, 2011,October 14, 2014, the Company’sBoard of Directors approved ashare buy-back plan. Under the plan, which became effectiveat the beginning of the third quarter of fiscal year 2015, once the Company’s previous $60.0 million plan was in effect through December 12, 2013,exhausted, the Company was authorized to acquire up to $50.0 $75.0million of its outstanding shares through August 31, 2016. The timing and amount of repurchases were based on such terms and conditions as may be acceptable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer orand Chief Financial Officer and in compliance with all laws and regulations applicable thereto. During the period from December 14, 2011March1, 2015 through JulyAugust 31, 2013,2016, the Company repurchased 1,013,400 503,127shares at a total cost of $50.0 million. As a result, the Company has utilized the entire authorized amount and completed the repurchases$47.8million under this share buy-back plan.$75.0 million plan.



On June 18, 2013,21, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a new share buy-back plan. Under the plan, which isbecame effective on September 1, 2016 and will remain in effect from August 1, 2013 through August 31, 2015,2018, the Company is authorized to acquire up to $60.0$75.0 million of its outstanding shares on such terms and conditions as may be acceptable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer orand Chief Financial Officer and subject to present loan covenants and in compliance with all laws and regulations applicable thereto. During the period from August 1, 2013 through August 31, 2013, the Company repurchased 45,633 shares at a total cost of $2.7 million.



Dividends



The Company has historically paid regular quarterly cash dividends on its common stock. In December 2012,2015, the Board of Directors declared a 7%an  11% increase in the regular quarterly cash dividend, increasing it from $0.29$0.38 per share to $0.31$0.42 per share.  On October 4, 2013,11,  2016, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.31$0.42 per share payable on October 31,  20132016 to shareholders of record on October 21, 2013.2016. Our ability to pay dividends could be affected by future business performance, liquidity, capital needs, alternative investment opportunities and loan covenants.



Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements



We have no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined by Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

36


Contractual Obligations



The following table sets forth our best estimates as to the amounts and timing of minimum contractual payments for our most significant contractual obligations and commitments as of August 31, 20132016 for the next five years and thereafter (in thousands). Future events could cause actual payments to differ significantly from these amounts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

1 year

 

2-3 years

 

4-5 years

 

Thereafter

Operating leases

$

5,486 

 

$

1,775 

 

$

2,420 

 

$

915 

 

$

376 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Total

 

1 year

 

2-3 years

 

4-5 years

 

Thereafter

Operating leases

$

4,340 

 

$

1,996 

 

$

1,774 

 

$

540 

 

$

30 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



41


The following summarizes other commitments which are excluded from the contractual obligations table above as of August 31, 2013:2016:



·

We have ongoing relationships with various suppliers (contract manufacturers) who manufacture our products.  The contract manufacturers maintain title and control of certain raw materials and components, materials utilized in finished products, and of the finished products themselves until shipment to our customers or third-party distribution centers in accordance with agreed upon shipment terms. Although we typically do not have definitive minimum purchase obligations included in the contract terms with our contract manufacturers, when such obligations have been included, they have been immaterial. In the ordinary course of business, we communicate supply needs are communicated by us to our contract manufacturers based on orders and short-term projections, ranging from two to five months. We are committed to purchase the products produced by the contract manufacturers based on the projections provided. Upon the termination of contracts with contract manufacturers, we obtain certain inventory control rights and are obligated to work with the contract manufacturer to sell through all product held by or manufactured by the contract manufacturer on our behalf during the termination notification period. If any inventory remains at the contract manufacturer at the termination date, we are obligated to purchase such inventory which may include raw materials, components and finished goods. Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, amounts for inventory purchased under termination commitments have been immaterial. As a result of the unanticipated termination of the IQ Products Company contract manufacturing agreement in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, we are currently obligated to purchase $1.8 million of inventory which is included in inventories in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of August 31, 2013.  

·

Under the current terms of the credit facility agreement with Bank of America, we may borrow funds in U.S. dollars or in foreign currencies from time to time during the five-year period commencing January 7, 2013March 13, 2015 through January 7, 2018.May 13, 2020. As of August 31, 2013,2016, we had $63.0$122.0 million outstanding on this credit facility. Based on our most recent cash projectionprojections and anticipated business activities, we expect to borrow additional amounts against this credit facility ranging from $12.0$20.0 million to $17.0$25.0 million in fiscal year 2014.2017. We estimate that the interest associated with these borrowings will be approximately $0.3$0.6 million for fiscal year 20142017 based on theestimated applicable interest rates and the expected payment dates of suchfuture borrowings. For additional details on this revolving line of credit, refer to the information set forth in Note 7 – Debt. 

·

At August 31, 2013,2016, the liability recorded for uncertain tax positions, excluding associated interest and penalties, was approximately $1.0$1.2 million. We have estimated that up to $0.2$0.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits related to income tax positions may be affected by the resolution of tax examinations or expiring statutes of limitation within the next twelve months.months.





Critical Accounting Policies



Our results of operations and financial condition, as reflected in our consolidated financial statements, have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Preparation of financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We use historical experience and other relevant factors when developing estimates and assumptions and these estimates and assumptions are continually evaluated. Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 15 of this report includes a discussion of the Company’s significant accounting policies. The accounting policies discussed below are the ones we consider to be most critical to an understanding of our consolidated financial statements because their application places the most significant demands on our judgment. Our financial results may have varied from those reported had different assumptions been used or other conditions prevailed. Our critical accounting policies have been reviewed with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.



Revenue Recognition and Sales Incentives



Sales are recognized as revenue at the time of delivery to our customer when risks of loss and title have passed. Sales are recorded net of allowances for damaged goods and other sales returns, sales incentives, trade promotions and cash discounts. WeFor certain of our sales we must make judgments and certain assumptions in order to determine when delivery has occurred. Through an

37


analysis of end-of-period shipments for these particular sales, we determine an average time of transit of product to our customers, and this is used to estimate the time of delivery and whether revenue should be recognized during the current reporting period for such shipments. Differences in judgments or estimates related to the lengthening or

42


shortening of the estimated delivery time used could result in material differences in the timing of revenue recognition.



Sales incentives are also recorded as a reduction of sales in our consolidated statements of operations. Sales incentives include on-going trade promotion programs with customers and consumer coupon programs that require us to estimate and accrue for the expected costs of such programs. These programs include cooperative marketing programs, shelf price reductions, coupons, rebates, consideration and allowances given to retailers for shelf space and/or favorable display positions in their stores and other promotional activities. Costs related to these sales incentive programs, with the exception of coupon costs, are recorded as a reduction to sales upon delivery of products to customers. Coupon costs are based upon historical redemption rates and are recorded as a reduction to sales as incurred, which is when the coupons are circulated.



Sales incentives are calculated based primarily on historical rates and consideration of recent promotional activities. The determination of sales incentive costs and the related liabilities require us to use judgment for estimates that include current and past trade promotion spending patterns, status of trade promotion activities and the interpretation of historical spending trends by customer and category. We review our assumptions and adjust our reservessales incentive allowances accordingly on a quarterly basis. Our consolidated financial statements could be materially impacted if the actual promotion rates are different from the estimated rates. If our accrual estimates for sales incentives at August 31, 20132016 were to differ by 10%, the impact on net sales would be approximately $0.7 million.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions related to the collectability of our accounts receivable balances. We specifically analyze historical bad debts, customer credit worthiness, current economic trends and conditions and changes in our customer payment terms when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts.  We review our accounts receivable balances and our assumptions used to determine their collectability on a periodic basis and adjust our allowance for doubtful accounts accordingly on a quarterly basis.



Accounting for Income Taxes



Current income tax expense is the amount of income taxes expected to be payable for the current year. A deferred income tax liability or asset is established for the expected future tax consequences resulting from the differences in financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is provided if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In addition to valuation allowances, we provide for uncertain tax positions when such tax positions do not meet the recognition thresholds or measurement standards prescribed by the authoritative guidance on income taxes. Amounts for uncertain tax positions are adjusted in periods when new information becomes available or when positions are effectively settled. We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense.



U.S. federal income tax expense is provided on remittances of foreign earnings and on unremitted foreign earnings that are not indefinitely reinvested. U.S. federal income taxes and foreign withholding taxes are not provided when foreign earnings are indefinitely reinvested. We determine whether our foreign subsidiaries will invest their undistributed earnings indefinitely based on the capital needs of the foreign subsidiaries. We reassess this determination each reporting period. Changes to this determination may be warranted based on our experience as well as plans regarding future international operations and expected remittances.



Valuation of Goodwill



The carrying value of goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment in accordance with the authoritative guidance on goodwill, intangibles and other. We assess for possible impairments to goodwill at least annually during our second fiscal quarter and otherwise when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment condition may exist.



Under currentDuring the second quarter of fiscal year 2016, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test. The annual goodwill impairment test was performed at the reporting unit level as required by the authoritative guidance, weguidance. In accordance with ASU No. 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment”, companies are permitted to perform afirst assess qualitative assessmentfactors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. If we conclude based on thisWe performed a qualitative assessment thatof each reporting unit to determine whether it iswas more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform the first step of the goodwill impairment test and then, if needed, the second step, to determine whether goodwill is impaired. However, if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is more than its

43


carrying amount, we do not need to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The first step of the impairment test involves comparing the fair values of the applicable reporting units with their carrying values, including goodwill. We determine the fair values of our reporting units using the income valuation approach or other generally accepted valuation methodologies. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, we perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test. The second step of the goodwill impairment test involves comparing the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill. The amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any, is recognized as an impairment loss. Any impairment losses are recorded as a reduction in the carrying amount of the related asset and charged to results of operations.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2013, we performed a qualitative assessment of each of our reporting units to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit iswas less than its carrying amount. In performing this qualitative assessment, we assessed relevant events and circumstances that may impact the fair value and the carrying amount of each of our reporting units. Factors that were considered included, but were not limited to, the following: (1) macroeconomic conditions; (2) industry and market conditions; (3) overallhistorical financial performance and expected financial performance; (4) other entity specific events, such as changes in management or key personnel; and (5) events affecting the Company’s reporting units, such as a change in the composition of net assets or any expected dispositions. Based on the results of this qualitative assessment, we determined that it is more likely than not that the carrying value of each of our reporting units is less than its fair value and, thus, the two-step quantitative analysis was not required. As a result, we

38


concluded that no impairment of our goodwill existed as of February 28, 2013. 29, 2016.  We also did not identify or record any impairment losses related to our goodwill during our annual impairment tests performed in fiscal years 20122015 and 2011.2014.

While we believe that the estimates and assumptions used in our goodwill impairment test and analyses are reasonable, actual events and results could differ substantially from those included in the calculation. In the event that business conditions change in the future, we may be required to reassess and update our forecasts and estimates used in subsequent goodwill impairment analyses. If the results of these future analyses are lower than current estimates, an impairment charge to our goodwill balances may result at that time.



In addition, there were no indicators of impairment identified as a result of our review of events and circumstances related to our goodwill subsequent to February 28, 2013.29, 2016.



Impairment of Definite-Lived Intangible Assets



We assess for potential impairments to our long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and/or its estimated remaining useful life may no longer be appropriate. Any required impairment loss would be measured as the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, which is the amount at which the asset could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing market participants and would be recorded as a reduction in the carrying amount of the related asset and a charge to results of operations. An impairment loss would be recognized when the sum of the expected future undiscounted net cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset.



In April 2013, we determined based on ourThere were no indicators of potential impairment identified as a result of the Company’s review of events and circumstances that there were indicators that the carrying values of our 2000 Flushes, Spot Shot, Carpet Fresh and X-14related to its existing definite-lived trade name intangible assets may not be fully recoverable.  The specific event which existed for each of the trade names was related to management’s evaluation work which it started in late April 2013 and was an outcome of discussions with the Board of Directors in March 2013 to explore the strategic alternatives for these homecare and cleaning products in the Americas segment. As a result of this work being performed by management starting in late April 2013, it was determined that there was a likelihood of more than 50% that these trade names in certain locations will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of their previously estimated useful lives.  As a result, management performed the Step 1 recoverability test under Accounting Standards Codification 360-10-35, Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, for each of these trade names.  In performing the Step 1 recoverability test, we compared the carrying value of each asset group, which was determined to be at the trade name level, to the total of the undiscounted cash flows expected to be received over the remaining useful life of each trade name asset group. Based on the results of this recoverability test, we determined that the total of the undiscounted cash flows exceeded the carrying value for each of these asset groups and that no impairment existed for any of these trade names as of May 31, 2013. In addition, in conjunction with performing this recoverability analysis, we also performed an evaluation of the remaining useful life for each of these trade names to determine if they were still appropriate as of May 31, 2013. Based on the results of this evaluation, we also determined that it was appropriate to reduce the remaining useful life of the 2000 Flushes trade name from fourteen years and ten months to seven years effective on May 1, 2013. Consequently, we began to amortize this trade name on a straight-line basis over its new remaining useful life effective on May 1, 2013. We determined that no reduction of the remaining useful lives for the Spot Shot, Carpet Fresh, X-14 and 1001 trade names were warranted as a result of this evaluation.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, as part of management’s ongoing evaluation of potential strategic

44


alternatives for certain of the Company’s homecare and cleaning products, we further determined based on our review of events and circumstances that there were indicators of impairment for the Carpet Fresh and 2000 Flushes trade names. Management accordingly performed the Step 1 recoverability test for these two trade names and based on the results of this analysis, it was determined that the total of the undiscounted cash flows significantly exceeded the carrying value for the Carpet Fresh asset group and that no impairment existed for this trade name as ofperiods ended August 31, 2013. However, the Step 1 analysis indicated that the carrying value of the asset group for the 2000 Flushes exceeded its undiscounted future cash flows,2016, 2015 and consequently, a second phase of the impairment test (“Step 2”) was performed specific to the 2000 Flushes trade name to determine whether this trade name is impaired. The 2000 Flushes trade name failed Step 1 in the fourth quarter analysis primarily driven by changes in management’s current expectations for future growth and profitability for the 2000 Flushes trade name as compared to those used in the previous Step 1 analysis. In performing the Step 2 analysis, we determined the fair value of the asset group utilizing the income approach, which is based on the present value of the estimated future cash flows. The calculation that is prepared in order to determine the estimated fair value of an asset group requires management to make assumptions about key inputs in the estimated cash flows, including long-term forecasts, discount rates and terminal growth rates. In estimating the fair value of the 2000 Flushes trade name, the Company applied a discount rate of 11.3%, annual revenue growth rates ranging from negative 13.6% to positive 1.5% and a long-term terminal growth rate of 1.5%. Cash flow projections used were based on management’s estimates of revenue growth rates, contribution margins and earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). The discount rate used was based on the weighted-average cost of capital. We also considered the fair value concepts of a market participant and thus all amounts included in the long-term forecast reflect management’s best estimate of what a market participant could realize over the projection period. After taking all of these factors into consideration, the estimated fair value of the asset group was then compared to the carrying value of the 2000 Flushes trade name asset group to determine the amount of the impairment. Based on the results of this Step 2 analysis, the 2000 Flushes asset group’s estimated fair value was determined to be lower than its carrying value. Consequently, we recorded a non-cash, before tax impairment charge of $1.1 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013 to reduce the carrying value of the 2000 Flushes asset to its fair value of $7.9 million.  

An intangible asset valuation is dependent on a number of significant estimates and assumptions, including macroeconomic conditions, overall category growth rates, sales growth rates, cost containment and margin expansion and expense levels for advertising and promotions and general overhead, all of which must be developed from a market participant standpoint. While we believe that the estimates and assumptions used in our analysis are reasonable, actual events and results could differ substantially from those included in the valuation. In the event that business conditions change in the future, we may be required to reassess and update our forecasts and estimates used in subsequent impairment analyses. If the results of these future analyses are lower than current estimates, an additional impairment charge may result at that time.2014.



Recently Issued Accounting Standards



In July 2013, August 2016, thethe Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”)issued ASUAccounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2013-11,2016-15, “PresentationClassification of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists”,  Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Paymentswhich”. The amendments address eight specific cash flow issues to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years andbeginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within thosethat reporting period. Early adoption is permitted and should be applied using a retrospective approach.  The Company is in the process of evaluating the potential impacts of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, theFASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”, which requires entities to estimate all expected credit losses for certain types of financial instruments, including trade receivables, held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The updated guidance also expands the disclosure requirements to enable users of financial statements to understand the entity’s assumptions, models and methods for estimating expected credit losses. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013.2019, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted. The new rules require companies to present Company is in the process of evaluating the potential impacts of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements an unrecognized tax benefit as a reductionstatements.

In March 2016, theFASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Improvements to a deferred tax assetEmployee Share-Based Payment Accounting”.The amendments in this updatedguidanceincludechangesto simplify the Codification for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exceptseveral aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including those related to the extent suchincome tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, accounting for forfeitures, minimum statutory withholding requirements and classification of certain items are not available or not intended to be used aton the reporting date to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowancestatement of a tax position. In such instances, the unrecognized tax benefit iscash flows. Certain of these changes are required to be presented in the financial statements as a liability and notapplied retrospectively while other changes are required to be combined with deferred tax assets.applied prospectively. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currentlystill evaluating whether it will adopt this updated authoritative guidance in fiscal year 2017 or in fiscal year 2018, as required, but it expects that the adoption of this new guidance will have a more than inconsequential impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  For example, if the Company had adopted this updated guidance in fiscal year 2016, its income tax expense for the year would have been reduced by approximately $2.1 million due to the recognition of excess tax benefits in the provision for income taxes rather than through additional paid-in-capital.  The Company also expects to change its policy related to forfeitures upon adoption of this new guidance such that it will recognize the impacts of forfeitures as they occur rather than recognizing them based on an estimated forfeiture rate.  Although the Company is still assessing the impacts of this change in policy for forfeitures on its consolidated financial statements, it does not expect that the impact will be material.

In February 2016, theFASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases”.The new standard establishes a right-of-use model that requires a lessee to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than twelve months.

39


Leases will be classified as either financeor operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement.This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted and should be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impacts of this new guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.disclosures.



In December 2011,May 2014, theFASBissued ASU No. 2011-11,2014-09,Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and LiabilitiesRevenue from Contracts with Customers”, which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition”.  The core principle of this updated guidance and related amendmentsis that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new rule also requires additional disclosureabout the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract.  This guidance was originally to be effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, andDecember 15, 2016, including interim periods within those annual periods. This authoritative guidance was issued to enhance disclosure requirements on offsetting financial assets and liabilities. The new rules require companies to disclose both gross and net information about instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position, as well as instruments and transactions subject to a netting arrangement.that reporting period. In January 2013,July 2015, the FASB further issued ASU No. 2013-01, “Clarifyingapproved a one year deferral for the Scopeeffective date of Disclosures about Offsetting Assetsthis guidance. Early adoption is permitted but only to the original effective date. Companies are permitted to adopt this new rule following either a full or modified retrospective approach. The Company does not intend to adopt this guidance early and Liabilities” to address implementation issues surroundingit will become effective for the scope of ASU No. 2011-11 and to clarify the scope of the offsetting disclosures and address any

45


unintended consequences.Company on September 1, 2018.  The Company has evaluatednot yet decided which implementation method it will adopt. Although management has completed its initial evaluation of this new guidance as it pertains to the Company, it is still in the process of determining the impacts that this updated authoritative guidance and it does not expectwill have on the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on itsCompany's consolidated financial statement disclosures.statements.



Related Parties



On October 11, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors elected Mr. Gregory A. Sandfort as a director of WD-40 Company. Mr. Sandfort is President andthe Chief Executive Officer of Tractor Supply Company (“Tractor Supply”), which is a WD-40 Company customer that acquires products from the Company in the ordinary course of business.  



The consolidated financial statements include sales to Tractor Supply of $0.8$1.2 million and  $0.6$1.1 million for fiscal years 20132016 and 2012,2015, respectively. Accounts receivable from Tractor Supply were $0.1 millionnot material as of August 31, 2013.2016.



Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk



Foreign Currency Risk



The Company is exposed to a variety of risks, including foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. In the normal course of business, the Company employs established policies and procedures to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency values.



All of the Company’s international subsidiaries operate in functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As a result, the Company is exposed to foreign currency related risk when the financial statements of its international subsidiaries are translated for consolidation purposes from functional currencies to U.S. dollars. This foreign currency risk can affect sales, expenses and profits as well as assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.  The Company does not enter into any hedging activities to mitigate this foreign currency translation risk.



The Company’s U.K. subsidiary, whose functional currency is Pound Sterling, utilizes foreign currency forward contracts to limit its exposure in converting forecasted cashaccounts receivable and accounts payable balances denominated in non-functional currencies. The principal currency affectedthat creates the foreign currency exposures at the U.K. subsidiary is the Euro. The Company regularly monitors its foreign exchange exposures to ensure the overall effectiveness of its foreign currency hedge positions. While the Company engages in foreign currency hedging activity to reduce its risk, for accounting purposes, none of its foreign currency forward contracts are designated as hedges.



The Company has performed a sensitivity analysis related to its foreign currency forward contracts outstanding at August 31, 2013. If the foreign currency exchange rates relevant to those contracts were to change unfavorably by 10%, the Company would incur a loss of approximately $1.0 million.

Interest Rate Risk



As of August 31, 2013,2016,  the Company had a $63.0$122.0 million outstanding balance on its existing $125.0$175.0 million revolving credit facility agreement with Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”).America.  This $125.0$175.0 million revolving credit facility is subject to interest rate fluctuations. Under the terms of the credit facility agreement, the Company may borrow loans in U.S. dollars or in foreign currencies from time to time until Januaury 7, 2018.May 13,  2020. All loans denominated in U.S. dollars will accrue interest at the bank’s Prime rate or at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.85 percent (together with any applicable mandatory liquid asset costs imposed by non-U.S. banking regulatory authorities). All loans denominated in foreign currencies will accrue interest at LIBOR plus 0.85 percent. Any significant increase in the bank’s Prime rate and/or LIBOR rate could have a material effect on interest expense incurred on any borrowings outstanding under the credit facility.

40


 



Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data



The Company’s consolidated financial statements at August 31, 20132016 and 20122015 and for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended August 31, 2013,2016, and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, are included in Item 15 of this report.

46




Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)



The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly consolidated financial data (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2013

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2016

1st

 

2nd

 

3rd

 

4th

 

Total

1st

 

2nd

 

3rd

 

4th

 

Total

Net sales

$

95,264 

 

$

86,712 

 

$

93,103 

 

$

93,469 

 

$

368,548 

$

92,522 

 

$

94,550 

 

$

96,446 

 

$

97,152 

 

$

380,670 

Gross profit

 

47,727 

 

 

44,126 

 

 

47,784 

 

 

49,526 

 

 

189,163 

$

51,408 

 

$

52,362 

 

$

54,811 

 

$

55,788 

 

$

214,369 

Net income

 

10,944 

 

 

10,461 

 

 

10,267 

 

 

8,141 

 

 

39,813 

$

12,062 

 

$

13,669 

 

$

12,665 

 

$

14,232 

 

$

52,628 

Diluted earnings per common share

$

0.69 

 

$

0.66 

 

$

0.66 

 

$

0.53 

 

$

2.54 

$

0.83 

 

$

0.94 

 

$

0.88 

 

$

0.99 

 

$

3.64 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2012

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015

1st

 

2nd

 

3rd

 

4th

 

Total

1st

 

2nd

 

3rd

 

4th

 

Total

Net sales

$

84,945 

 

$

85,966 

 

$

87,022 

 

$

84,851 

 

$

342,784 

$

96,353 

 

$

97,331 

 

$

92,485 

 

$

91,981 

 

$

378,150 

Gross profit

 

41,338 

 

 

42,143 

 

 

43,082 

 

 

41,919 

 

 

168,482 

$

49,701 

 

$

51,233 

 

$

49,272 

 

$

49,972 

 

$

200,178 

Net income

 

6,792 

 

 

10,584 

 

 

9,136 

 

 

8,973 

 

 

35,485 

$

10,786 

 

$

11,333 

 

$

10,965 

 

$

11,723 

 

$

44,807 

Diluted earnings per common share

$

0.42 

 

$

0.65 

 

$

0.57 

 

$

0.56 

 

$

2.20 

$

0.73 

 

$

0.76 

 

$

0.75 

 

$

0.80 

 

$

3.04 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure



Not applicable.None.



Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures



Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures



The term “disclosure controls and procedures” is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”). The term disclosure controls and procedures means controls and other procedures of a Company that are designed to ensure the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of August 31, 2013,2016, the end of the period covered by this report (the Evaluation Date), and they have concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, such controls and procedures were effective at ensuring that required information will be disclosed on a timely basis in the Company’s reports filed under the Exchange Act. Although management believes the Company’s existing disclosure controls and procedures are adequate to enable the Company to comply with its disclosure obligations, management continues to review and update such controls and procedures. The Company has a disclosure committee, which consists of certain members of the Company’s senior management.



Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting



Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 1992.2013. Based on that evaluation, management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting is effective as of August 31, 2013.2016.

4741


 


 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.



PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, who audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements of WD-40 Company included in Item 15 of this report, has audited the effectiveness of WD-40 Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2013,2016, as stated in their report included in Item 15 of this report.



Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting



For the quarter ended August 31, 2013,2016, there were no significant changes to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that materially affected, or would be reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting.



Item 9B.  Other Information



Not applicable.None.



4842


 

PART III



Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance



Certain information required by this item is set forth under the headings “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers,” “Nominees for Election as Directors,” “Audit Committee” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the 20132016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders on December 10, 201313, 2016 (“Proxy Statement”), which information is incorporated by reference herein. Additional information concerning executive officers of the Registrant required by this item is included in this report following Item 4 of Part I under the heading, "Executive Officers of the Registrant."



The Registrant has a financial reporting code of ethics (as defined in Item 406 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act) applicable to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and persons performing similar functions. The code of ethics is represented by the Registrant’s Code of Conduct applicable to all employees and directors. A copy of the financial reporting codeCode of ethics applicable to such personsConduct may be found on the Registrant’s internet website on the Officers and DirectorsCorporate Governance link from the Investors page at www.wd40company.com.



Item 11.  Executive Compensation



Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the headings “Board of Directors Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Executive Compensation,” “Supplemental Death Benefit Plans and Supplemental Insurance Benefits” and “Change of Control Severance Agreements.”



Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters



Certain information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the headings “Principal Security Holders” and “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers.”



Equity Compensation Plan Information



The following table provides information regarding shares of the Company’s common stock authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans as of August 31, 2013:2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of securities

 

 

 

 

Number of securities

 

 

 

 

remaining available for

 

 

 

 

remaining available for

Number of securities to

 

 

 

future issuance under

Number of securities to

 

 

 

future issuance under

be issued upon exercise

 

Weighted-average exercise

 

equity compensation plans

be issued upon exercise

 

Weighted-average exercise

 

equity compensation plans

of outstanding options,

 

price of outstanding options

 

(excluding securities

of outstanding options,

 

price of outstanding options

 

(excluding securities

warrants and rights

 

warrants and rights

 

reflected in column (a))

warrants and rights

 

warrants and rights

 

reflected in column (a))

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

Plan category

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

approved by security holders

 

361,730 

(1)

$

33.13 

(2)

 

1,987,876 

 

229,878 

(1)

$

35.59 

(2)

 

1,696,909 

Equity compensation plans not

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

approved by security holders

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

361,730 

(1)

$

33.13 

(2)

 

1,987,876 

 

229,878 

(1)

$

35.59 

(2)

 

1,696,909 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 







(1)  Includes 168,59127,820 securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options; 151,728130,035 securities to be issued pursuant to outstanding restricted stock units; 17,180 securities to be issued pursuant to outstanding performance share units (“PSUs”) based on 100% of the target number of PSU shares to be issued upon achievement of the applicable performance measures specified for such PSUs; and 24,23145,700 securities to be issued pursuant to outstanding market share units (“MSUs”) based on 100% of the target number of MSU shares to be issued upon achievement of the applicable performance measure specified for such MSUs.MSUs; and 26,323 securities to be issued pursuant to outstanding deferred performance units (“DPUs”) based on 100% of the maximum number of DPU shares to be issued upon achievement of the applicable performance measure specified for such DPUs.



(2) Weighted average exercise price only applies to stock options outstanding of 168,591,27,820, which is included as a component of the number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights.

4943


 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence



Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the headings “Director Independence”, “Audit Committee” and “Related Party Transactions Review and Oversight.”



Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services



Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the heading “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

5044


 



PART IV



Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

Page

(a)

  

Documents filed as part of this report

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  

F-1

 

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  

F-2

 

  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  

F-3

 

  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

  

F-4



 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

 

F-5

 

  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  

F-6

 

  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  

F-7



(2) Financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.



(3) Exhibits

 



 

 

Exhibit

 

 

No.

 

Description

 

 

 

 

Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.

 

 

3(a)

 

Certificate of Incorporation, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 22, 2012, Exhibit 3(a) thereto.

 

 

3(b)

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of WD-40 Company, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed June 25, 2012,July  18, 2016, Exhibit 3(b)3(a) thereto.

 

 

 

 

Material Contracts.

 

 

 

 

Executive Compensation Plans and Arrangements (Exhibits 10(a) through 10(o)10(p) are management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits pursuant to Item 15(b)).

 

 

10(a)

 

WD-40 Company 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 22, 2012, Exhibit 10(a) thereto.



 

 

10(b)

 

Fourth Amended and Restated WD-40 Company 1990 Incentive Stock Option Plan,  incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 16, 2009,22, 2015, Exhibit 10(a)10(b) thereto.



 

 

10(c)

 

WD-40 Directors’ Compensation Policy and Election Plan dated October 15, 2013. 12, 2015, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed June 24, 2016, Exhibit 10(a) thereto.



 

 

10(d)

 

Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Registrant and its executive officers and directors.directors, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 22, 2013, Exhibit 10(d) thereto. 



 

 

10(e)

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for grants of Restricted Stock Units to Executive Officers in fiscal years 2014, 2015 and 2016.

10(f)

Form of Market Share Unit Award Agreement for grants of Market Share Units to Executive Officers in fiscal years 2014, 2015 and 2016, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed October 25, 2012, Exhibit 10(a) thereto.



 

10(f)10(g)

 

Form of Deferred Performance Share Unit Award Agreement for 2011 awardsgrants of Deferred Performance Units to executive officers under the WD-40 Company 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 22, 2012, Exhibit 10(e) thereto.Executive Officers in fiscal year 2016.



 

10(g)10(h)

 

Amended and Restated of WD-40 Company’s Performance Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement filed November 1, 2012, Appendix A thereto.



 

10(h)10(i)

 

Form of WD-40 Company Supplemental Death Benefit Plan applicable to certain executive officers of the Registrant, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 18, 2010, Exhibit 10(f) thereto.Registrant.



 

 

10(j)

Change of Control Severance Agreement between WD-40 Company and Jay W. Rembolt dated October 16, 2008, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 21, 2014, Exhibit 10(h) thereto.

10(k)

Change of Control Severance Agreement between WD-40 Company and Richard T. Clampitt dated October 15, 2014, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 21, 2014, Exhibit 10(i) thereto.

45


10(l)

Change of Control Severance Agreement between WD-40 Company and Stanley A. Sewitch dated October 15, 2014, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 21, 2014, Exhibit 10(j) thereto.

10(m)

 

Change of Control Severance Agreement between WD-40 Company and Garry O. Ridge dated February 14, 2006, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 20, 2011, Exhibit 10(h) thereto.

10(j)

Change of Control Severance Agreement between WD-40 Company and Michael J. Irwin dated February 14, 2006, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 20, 2011, Exhibit 10(i) thereto.

10(k)10(n)

 

Change of Control Severance Agreement between WD-40 Company and Michael L. Freeman dated February 14, 2006, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 20, 2011, Exhibit 10(j) thereto.

51


10(l)10(o)

 

Change of Control Severance Agreement between WD-40 Company and Geoffrey J. Holdsworth dated February 14, 2006, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 20, 2011, Exhibit 10(h) thereto.

 

 

10(m)

Change of Control Severance Agreement between WD-40 Company and Graham P. Milner dated February 14, 2006, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 20, 2011, Exhibit 10(l) thereto.

10(n)10(p)

 

Change of Control Severance Agreement between WD-40 Company and William B. Noble dated February 14, 2006, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 20, 2011, Exhibit 10(m) thereto.

10(o)

Change of Control Severance Agreement between WD-40 Company and Jay Rembolt dated October 16, 2008, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed October 23, 2008, Exhibit 10(m) thereto.

10(p)10(q)

 

Credit Agreement dated June 17, 2011 among WD-40 Company and Bank of America, N.A., incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed June 17, 2011, Exhibit 10(a) thereto.

10(b) thereto.



 

 

10(q)10(r)

 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated January 7, 2013 among WD-40 Company and Bank of America, N.A., incorporated by reference from the Registrants’sRegistrant’s Form 10-Q filed January 9, 2013, ExhihitExhibit 10(b) thereto.

10(s)

 

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated May 13, 2015 among WD-40 Company and Bank of America, N.A., incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 8-K/A filed May 18, 2015, Exhibit 10(a) thereto. 

10(t)

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated November 16, 2015 among WD-40 Company and Bank of America, N.A., incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed November 19, 2015, Exhibit 10(a) thereto. 

10(u)

Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated September 1, 2016 among WD-40 Company and Bank of America, N.A., incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed September 2, 2016, Exhibit 10(a) thereto. 

10(v)

Purchase and Sale Agreementand Escrow Instructionsdated July 29, 2016, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed August 4, 2016, Exhibit 10(a) thereto.

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

 

23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated October 22, 2013.24, 2016.

 

 

31(a)

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

31(b)

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

32(a)

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

32(b)

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.



 

 

101. INS

 

XBRL Instance Document



 

 

101. SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document



 

 

101. CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document



 

 

101. DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document



 

 

101. LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document



 

 

101. PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document







 

5246


 





SIGNATURES



Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 



 



 



WD-40 COMPANY



Registrant



 



 



/s/ JAY W. REMBOLT



JAY W. REMBOLT



Vice President, Finance

Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer



(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Date:  October 22, 201324,  2016



Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.



 



  



 



 



/s/ GARRY O. RIDGE



GARRY O. RIDGE



Chief Executive Officer and Director



(Principal Executive Officer)



Date:  October 22, 201324, 2016



 



/s/ GILES H. BATEMAN



GILES H. BATEMAN, Director



Date:  October 22, 201324, 2016



 



 



/s/ PETER D. BEWLEY



PETER D. BEWLEY, Director



Date:  October 22, 201324, 2016

/s/ DANIEL T. CARTER

DANIEL T. CARTER, Director

Date:  October 24, 2016

/s/ MELISSA CLAASSEN

MELISSA CLAASSEN, Director

Date:  October 24, 2016



 



/s/ RICHARD A. COLLATO



RICHARD A. COLLATO, Director



Date:  October 22, 2013

24, 2016



 



/s/ MARIO L. CRIVELLO



MARIO L. CRIVELLO, Director



Date:  October 22, 201324, 2016



 



/s/ LINDA A. LANG



LINDA A. LANG, Director



Date:  October 22, 201324, 2016

/s/ DANIEL E. PITTARD

DANIEL E. PITTARD, Director

Date:  October 24, 2016



 



/s/ GREGORY A. SANDFORT



GREGORY A. SANDFORT, Director



Date:  October 22, 201324, 2016



 



/s/ NEAL E. SCHMALE



NEAL E. SCHMALE, Director



Date:  October 22, 201324, 2016



 

5347


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm



To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of WD-40 Company



In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income, of shareholders’ equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of WD-40 Company and its subsidiariesat August 31, 2013 2016and August 31, 2012,2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2013 2016in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 20132016, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in 1992.2013.  The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under itemItem 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.  We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 2, the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it classifies deferred taxes on the consolidated balance sheet in fiscal year 2016.



A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.



Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.



/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP



San Diego, CA

October 22, 201324, 2016

F-1F-1


 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WD-40 COMPANY

WD-40 COMPANY

WD-40 COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 31,

 

August 31,

August 31,

 

August 31,

2013

 

2012

2016

 

2015

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

53,434 

 

$

69,719 

$

50,891 

 

$

53,896 

Short-term investments

 

37,516 

 

 

1,033 

 

57,633 

 

 

48,603 

Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

accounts of $540 and $391 at August 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

and 2012, respectively

 

56,878 

 

 

55,491 

accounts of $394 and $491 at August 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

and 2015, respectively

 

64,680 

 

 

58,750 

Inventories

 

32,433 

 

 

29,797 

 

31,793 

 

 

32,052 

Current deferred tax assets, net

 

5,672 

 

 

5,551 

 

 -

 

 

5,824 

Other current assets

 

6,210 

 

 

4,526 

 

4,475 

 

 

6,127 

Total current assets

 

192,143 

 

 

166,117 

 

209,472 

 

 

205,252 

Property and equipment, net

 

8,535 

 

 

9,063 

 

11,545 

 

 

11,376 

Goodwill

 

95,236 

 

 

95,318 

 

95,649 

 

 

96,409 

Other intangible assets, net

 

24,292 

 

 

27,685 

 

19,191 

 

 

22,961 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

621 

 

 

 -

Other assets

 

2,858 

 

 

2,687 

 

3,190 

 

 

3,259 

Total assets

$

323,064 

 

$

300,870 

$

339,668 

 

$

339,257 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

$

19,693 

 

$

21,242 

$

18,690 

 

$

17,128 

Accrued liabilities

 

16,562 

 

 

16,492 

 

15,757 

 

 

15,200 

Revolving credit facility

 

63,000 

 

 

45,000 

Accrued payroll and related expenses

 

17,244 

 

 

5,904 

 

20,866 

 

 

13,357 

Income taxes payable

 

1,146 

 

 

807 

 

3,381 

 

 

2,287 

Total current liabilities

 

117,645 

 

 

89,445 

 

58,694 

 

 

47,972 

Long-term deferred tax liabilities, net

 

24,011 

 

 

24,007 

Deferred and other long-term liabilities

 

1,901 

 

 

1,956 

Revolving credit facility

 

122,000 

 

 

108,000 

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

16,365 

 

 

23,145 

Other long-term liabilities

 

2,214 

 

 

2,282 

Total liabilities

 

143,557 

 

 

115,408 

 

199,273 

 

 

181,399 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock ― authorized 36,000,000 shares, $0.001 par value;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,392,979 and 19,208,845 shares issued at August 31, 2013 and 2012,

 

 

 

 

 

respectively; and 15,285,536 and 15,697,534 shares outstanding at

 

 

 

 

 

August 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

 

19 

 

 

19 

19,621,820 and 19,546,888 shares issued at August 31, 2016 and 2015,

 

 

 

 

 

respectively; and 14,208,338 and 14,450,490 shares outstanding at

 

 

 

 

 

August 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively

 

20 

 

 

20 

Additional paid-in capital

 

133,239 

 

 

126,210 

 

145,936 

 

 

141,651 

Retained earnings

 

214,034 

 

 

193,265 

 

289,642 

 

 

260,683 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(5,043)

 

 

(2,727)

Common stock held in treasury, at cost ― 4,107,443 and 3,511,311

 

 

 

 

 

shares at August 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

 

(162,742)

 

 

(131,305)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

(27,298)

 

 

(8,722)

Common stock held in treasury, at cost ― 5,413,482 and 5,096,398

 

 

 

 

 

shares at August 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively

 

(267,905)

 

 

(235,774)

Total shareholders' equity

 

179,507 

 

 

185,462 

 

140,395 

 

 

157,858 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$

323,064 

 

$

300,870 

$

339,668 

 

$

339,257 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-2F-2


 









 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WD-40 COMPANY

WD-40 COMPANY

WD-40 COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

368,548 

 

$

342,784 

 

$

336,409 

$

380,670 

 

$

378,150 

 

$

382,997 

Cost of products sold

 

179,385 

 

 

174,302 

 

 

168,297 

 

166,301 

 

 

177,972 

 

 

184,144 

Gross profit

 

189,163 

 

 

168,482 

 

 

168,112 

 

214,369 

 

 

200,178 

 

 

198,853 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

104,378 

 

 

88,918 

 

 

87,311 

 

117,767 

 

 

108,873 

 

 

108,577 

Advertising and sales promotion

 

24,811 

 

 

25,702 

 

 

25,132 

 

22,278 

 

 

22,876 

 

 

23,922 

Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets

 

2,260 

 

 

2,133 

 

 

1,537 

 

2,976 

 

 

3,039 

 

 

2,617 

Impairment of definite-lived intangible assets

 

1,077 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total operating expenses

 

132,526 

 

 

116,753 

 

 

113,980 

 

143,021 

 

 

134,788 

 

 

135,116 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

56,637 

 

 

51,729 

 

 

54,132 

 

71,348 

 

 

65,390 

 

 

63,737 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

506 

 

 

261 

 

 

228 

 

683 

 

 

584 

 

 

596 

Interest expense

 

(693)

 

 

(729)

 

 

(1,076)

 

(1,703)

 

 

(1,205)

 

 

(1,002)

Other income (expense), net

 

417 

 

 

(348)

 

 

247 

 

2,461 

 

 

(1,659)

 

 

(372)

Income before income taxes

 

56,867 

 

 

50,913 

 

 

53,531 

 

72,789 

 

 

63,110 

 

 

62,959 

Provision for income taxes

 

17,054 

 

 

15,428 

 

 

17,098 

 

20,161 

 

 

18,303 

 

 

19,213 

Net income

$

39,813 

 

$

35,485 

 

$

36,433 

$

52,628 

 

$

44,807 

 

$

43,746 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

2.55 

 

$

2.22 

 

$

2.16 

$

3.65 

 

$

3.05 

 

$

2.89 

Diluted

$

2.54 

 

$

2.20 

 

$

2.14 

$

3.64 

 

$

3.04 

 

$

2.87 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares used in per share calculations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

15,517 

 

 

15,914 

 

 

16,803 

 

14,332 

 

 

14,582 

 

 

15,072 

Diluted

 

15,619 

 

 

16,046 

 

 

16,982 

 

14,379 

 

 

14,649 

 

 

15,148 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 









F-3F-3


 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WD-40 COMPANY

WD-40 COMPANY

WD-40 COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

(In thousands)

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

2013

 

2012

 

2011

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

39,813 

 

$

35,485 

 

$

36,433 

$

52,628 

 

$

44,807 

 

$

43,746 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

(2,316)

 

 

(2,369)

 

 

3,976 

 

(18,576)

 

 

(9,825)

 

 

6,146 

Total comprehensive income

$

37,497 

 

$

33,116 

 

$

40,409 

$

34,052 

 

$

34,982 

 

$

49,892 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 









 



 

F-4F-4


 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WD-40 COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Total



Common Stock

 

Paid-in

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Treasury Stock

 

Shareholders'



Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Income (Loss)

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Equity

Balance at August 31, 2013

19,392,979 

 

$

19 

 

$

133,239 

 

$

214,034 

 

$

(5,043)

 

4,107,443 

 

$

(162,742)

 

$

179,507 

Issuance of common stock under share-based

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

compensation plan, net of shares withheld for taxes

71,331 

 

 

 

 

 

(129)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(129)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,263 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,263 

Tax benefits from settlements of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

stock-based equity awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

839 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

839 

Cash dividends ($1.33 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20,184)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20,184)

Acquisition of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

602,505 

 

 

(42,773)

 

 

(42,773)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,146 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,146 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,746 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,746 

Balance at August 31, 2014

19,464,310 

 

$

19 

 

$

136,212 

 

$

237,596 

 

$

1,103 

 

4,709,948 

 

$

(205,515)

 

$

169,415 

Issuance of common stock under share-based

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

compensation plan, net of shares withheld for taxes

82,578 

 

 

 

 

1,449 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,450 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,782 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,782 

Tax benefits from settlements of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

stock-based equity awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,208 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,208 

Cash dividends ($1.48 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21,720)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21,720)

Acquisition of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

386,450 

 

 

(30,259)

 

 

(30,259)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,825)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,825)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,807 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,807 

Balance at August 31, 2015

19,546,888 

 

$

20 

 

$

141,651 

 

$

260,683 

 

$

(8,722)

 

5,096,398 

 

$

(235,774)

 

$

157,858 

Issuance of common stock under share-based

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

compensation plan, net of shares withheld for taxes

74,932 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,434)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,434)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,655 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,655 

Tax benefits from settlements of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

stock-based equity awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,064 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,064 

Cash dividends ($1.64 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,669)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,669)

Acquisition of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

317,084 

 

 

(32,131)

 

 

(32,131)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,576)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,576)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,628 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,628 

Balance at August 31, 2016

19,621,820 

 

$

20 

 

$

145,936 

 

$

289,642 

 

$

(27,298)

 

5,413,482 

 

$

(267,905)

 

$

140,395 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WD-40 COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-in

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Treasury Stock

 

Shareholders'

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Income (Loss)

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Equity

Balance at August 31, 2010

18,251,142 

 

$

18 

 

$

93,101 

 

$

157,805 

 

$

(4,334)

 

1,563,498 

 

$

(50,066)

 

$

196,524 

Issuance of common stock upon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

settlements of stock-based equity awards

697,726 

 

 

 

 

19,523 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,524 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,033 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,033 

Tax benefits from settlements of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

stock-based equity awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,365 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,365 

Cash dividends ($1.08 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,230)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,230)

Acquisition of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,017,457 

 

 

(41,399)

 

 

(41,399)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,976 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,976 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,433 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,433 

Balance at August 31, 2011

18,948,868 

 

$

19 

 

$

117,022 

 

$

176,008 

 

$

(358)

 

2,580,955 

 

$

(91,465)

 

$

201,226 

Issuance of common stock upon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

settlements of stock-based equity awards

259,977 

 

 

��

 

 

5,710 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,710 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,769 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,769 

Tax benefits from settlements of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

stock-based equity awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

709 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

709 

Cash dividends ($1.14 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,228)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,228)

Acquisition of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

930,356 

 

 

(39,840)

 

 

(39,840)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,369)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,369)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,485 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,485 

Balance at August 31, 2012

19,208,845 

 

$

19 

 

$

126,210 

 

$

193,265 

 

$

(2,727)

 

3,511,311 

 

$

(131,305)

 

$

185,462 

Issuance of common stock upon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

settlements of stock-based equity awards

184,134 

 

 

 

 

 

3,685 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,685 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,453 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,453 

Tax benefits from settlements of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

stock-based equity awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

891 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

891 

Cash dividends ($1.22 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,044)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,044)

Acquisition of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

596,132 

 

 

(31,437)

 

 

(31,437)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,316)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,316)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39,813 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39,813 

Balance at August 31, 2013

19,392,979 

 

$

19 

 

$

133,239 

 

$

214,034 

 

$

(5,043)

 

4,107,443 

 

$

(162,742)

 

$

179,507 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 





 

F-5F-5


 













 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WD-40 COMPANY

WD-40 COMPANY

WD-40 COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(In thousands)

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

2013

 

2012

 

2011

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

39,813 

 

$

35,485 

 

$

36,433 

$

52,628 

 

$

44,807 

 

$

43,746 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

5,359 

 

 

4,869 

 

 

4,386 

 

6,465 

 

 

6,464 

 

 

5,860 

Impairment of definite-lived intangible assets

 

1,077 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Net losses on sales and disposals of property and equipment

 

 

 

67 

 

 

154 

Deferred income tax

 

(1,004)

 

 

367 

 

 

2,831 

Net gains on sales and disposals of property and equipment

 

(75)

 

 

(71)

 

 

(39)

Deferred income taxes

 

(2,227)

 

 

(1,334)

 

 

(736)

Excess tax benefits from settlements of stock-based equity awards

 

(850)

 

 

(671)

 

 

(1,195)

 

(2,064)

 

 

(1,205)

 

 

(831)

Stock-based compensation

 

2,453 

 

 

2,769 

 

 

3,033 

 

3,655 

 

 

2,782 

 

 

2,263 

Unrealized foreign currency exchange losses, net

 

1,113 

 

 

2,112 

 

 

469 

Unrealized foreign currency exchange (gains) losses, net

 

(986)

 

 

2,086 

 

 

(66)

Provision for bad debts

 

511 

 

 

157 

 

 

162 

 

52 

 

 

302 

 

 

218 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable

 

(3,800)

 

 

226 

 

 

(9,776)

 

(9,936)

 

 

(314)

 

 

(5,821)

Inventories

 

(2,829)

 

 

(12,347)

 

 

(2,654)

 

(1,001)

 

 

2,037 

 

 

(2,237)

Other assets

 

(1,998)

 

 

(64)

 

 

2,795 

 

1,557 

 

 

1,731 

 

 

(2,209)

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

(886)

 

 

3,206 

 

 

657 

 

2,871 

 

 

(2,464)

 

 

(560)

Accrued payroll and related expenses

 

10,362 

 

 

(2,794)

 

 

(7,802)

 

5,486 

 

 

(2,722)

 

 

(3,047)

Income taxes payable

 

2,284 

 

 

1,412 

 

 

2,661 

 

4,235 

 

 

2,737 

 

 

2,001 

Deferred and other long-term liabilities

 

(39)

 

 

(545)

 

 

(2,145)

Other long-term liabilities

 

(56)

 

 

228 

 

 

188 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

51,569 

 

 

34,249 

 

 

30,009 

 

60,604 

 

 

55,064 

 

 

38,730 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(2,854)

 

 

(3,765)

 

 

(2,875)

 

(4,354)

 

 

(5,784)

 

 

(4,085)

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

 

158 

 

 

1,167 

 

 

170 

 

301 

 

 

333 

 

 

331 

Purchases of intangible assets

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,799)

Acquisition of business

 

 -

 

 

(4,117)

 

 

 -

Purchases of short-term investments

 

(38,838)

 

 

(1,029)

 

 

(515)

 

(24,899)

 

 

(10,575)

 

 

(7,710)

Maturities of short-term investments

 

2,000 

 

 

514 

 

 

 -

 

8,032 

 

 

3,192 

 

 

2,760 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(39,534)

 

 

(3,113)

 

 

(3,220)

 

(20,920)

 

 

(16,951)

 

 

(10,503)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayments of long-term debt

 

 -

 

 

(10,715)

 

 

(10,714)

Proceeds from revolving credit facility

 

18,000 

 

 

114,550 

 

 

5,000 

Repayments of revolving credit facility

 

 -

 

 

(69,550)

 

 

(5,000)

Treasury stock purchases

 

(32,131)

 

 

(30,259)

 

 

(42,773)

Dividends paid

 

(19,044)

 

 

(18,228)

 

 

(18,230)

 

(23,669)

 

 

(21,720)

 

 

(20,184)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

4,791 

 

 

7,030 

 

 

20,215 

 

1,200 

 

 

2,111 

 

 

1,284 

Treasury stock purchases

 

(31,437)

 

 

(39,840)

 

 

(41,399)

Excess tax benefits from settlements of stock-based equity awards

 

850 

 

 

671 

 

 

1,195 

 

2,064 

 

 

1,205 

 

 

831 

Net proceeds from revolving credit facility

 

14,000 

 

 

10,000 

 

 

35,000 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(26,840)

 

 

(16,082)

 

 

(48,933)

 

(38,536)

 

 

(38,663)

 

 

(25,842)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

(1,480)

 

 

(1,728)

 

 

2,609 

 

(4,153)

 

 

(3,357)

 

 

1,984 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(16,285)

 

 

13,326 

 

 

(19,535)

 

(3,005)

 

 

(3,907)

 

 

4,369 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

69,719 

 

 

56,393 

 

 

75,928 

 

53,896 

 

 

57,803 

 

 

53,434 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$

53,434 

 

$

69,719 

 

$

56,393 

$

50,891 

 

$

53,896 

 

$

57,803 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

$

698 

 

$

642 

 

$

986 

$

1,573 

 

$

1,168 

 

$

915 

Income taxes, net of tax refunds received

$

16,614 

 

$

13,240 

 

$

11,424 

$

16,494 

 

$

15,414 

 

$

18,147 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 







F-6F-6


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





Note 1.  The Company



WD-40 Company (“the Company”), based in San Diego, California, is a global consumer products companymarketing organization dedicated to delivering unique, high valuecreating positive lasting memories by developing and easy-to-use solutions for a wide variety of maintenance needs of “doer”selling products which solve problems in workshops, factories and “on-the-job” users by leveraging and building uponhomes around the Company’s fortress of brands.world. The Company markets multi-purposeits maintenance products and its homecare and cleaning products under the WD-40®following well-known brands: WD-40®, 3-IN-ONE®3-IN-ONE®, GT85®, X-14®, 2000 Flushes®, Carpet Fresh®, no vac®, Spot Shot®, 1001®, Lava® and BLUE WORKS® brand names.Solvol®.  Currently included in the WD-40 brand are the WD-40 multi-use product and the WD-40 SpecialistSpecialist® and® and WD-40 BikeTM    BIKE® product lines. The Company launched the WD-40 Specialist product line in the United States (“U.S.”) during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 and continued to launch the product line in Canada and select countries in Latin America, Asia and Europe throughout fiscal years 2012 and 2013.  The WD-40 Specialist product line has contributed to sales of the multi-purpose maintenance products since its initial launch.  In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, the Company developed the WD-40 Bikeproduct line, which is focused on a comprehensive line of bicycle maintenance products that include wet and dry chain lubricants, heavy-duty degreasers, foaming bike wash and frame protectants that are designed specifically for the avid cyclist, bike enthusiasts and mechanics. The Company also markets the following homecare and cleaning brands: X-14® mildew stain remover and automatic toilet bowl cleaners, 2000 Flushes® automatic toilet bowl cleaners, Carpet Fresh® and No Vac® rug and room deodorizers, Spot Shot® aerosol and liquid carpet stain removers, 1001® household cleaners and rug and room deodorizers and Lava® and Solvol® heavy-duty hand cleaners.



The Company’s brands are sold in various locations around the world. Multi-purpose maintenanceMaintenance products are sold worldwide in markets throughout North, Central and South America, Asia, Australia, and the Pacific Rim, Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Homecare and cleaning products are sold primarily in North America, the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), Australia and the Pacific Rim.Australia. The Company’s products are sold primarily through mass retail and home center stores, warehouse club stores, grocery stores, hardware stores, automotive parts outlets, sport retailers, independent bike dealers, online retailers and industrial distributors and suppliers.



Note 2.  Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies



Basis of Consolidation



The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.



Use of Estimates



The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of AmericaU.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Supplier Risk

The Company relies on a limited number of suppliers, including single or sole source suppliers for certain of its raw materials, packaging, product components and other necessary supplies. Where possible and where it makes business sense, the Company works with secondary or multiple suppliers to qualify additional supply sources. To date, the Company has been able to obtain adequate supplies of these materials which are used in the production of its multipurpose maintenance products and homecare and cleaning products in a timely manner from existing sources.



Cash and Cash Equivalents



Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less.



F-7


Short-term Investments



Short-term investments include securities with stated or callable maturities of three to no more than twelve months. The Company's short-term investments consistedconsist of term deposits and callable time deposits withdeposits. These short-term investments had a carrying value of $37.5$57.6 million and $1.0$48.6 million at August 31, 20132016 and 2012,2015, respectively. TheseThe term deposits wereare subject to penalty for early redemption before their maturity.maturity, and the callable time deposits require a notice before redemption.  

 

Trade Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts



Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical write-off experience and the identification of specific balances deemed uncollectable.uncollectible. Trade accounts receivable are charged off against the allowance when the Company believes it is probable that the trade accounts receivable will not be recovered. The Company does not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers. Allowance for doubtful accounts related to the Company’s trade accounts receivable were not significant at August 31, 20132016 and 2012.2015. 

F-7


 

Inventories



Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (asor market and cost is determined based on a first-in, first-out method or, for a portion of raw materials inventory, the average cost method) or market.method. When necessary, the Company adjusts the carrying value of its inventory to the lower of cost or market, including any costs to sell or dispose of such inventory. Appropriate consideration is given by the Company to obsolescence, excessive inventory levels, product deterioration and other factors when evaluating net realizable value for the purposes of determining the lower of cost or market.



Included in inventories are amounts for certain raw materials and components that the Company has provided to its third-party contract manufacturers but that remain unpaid to the Company as of the balance sheet date. The Company’s contract manufacturers package products to the Company’s specifications and, upon order from the Company, ship ready-to-sell inventory to either the Company’s third-party distribution centers or directly to its customers. The Company transfers certain raw materials and components to these contract manufacturers for use in the manufacturing process. Contract manufacturers are obligated to pay the Company for these raw materials and components upon receipt. Amounts receivable from the contract manufacturers as of the balance sheet date related to transfers of these raw materials and components by the Company to its contract manufacturers are considered product held at third-party contract manufacturers and are included in inventories in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.



Property and Equipment



Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based upon estimated useful lives of ten to forty years for buildings and improvements, three to fifteen years for machinery and equipment, three to five years for vehicles, three to ten years for furniture and fixtures and three to five years for software and computer equipment. Depreciation expense totaled $3.1$3.5 million, $3.4 million and $3.2 million for fiscal year 2013years 2016, 2015 and $2.7 million for each of fiscal years 2012 and 2011.2014, respectively. These amounts include factory depreciation expense which is recognized as cost of products sold totaling $1.2and totaled $0.8 million for each of the fiscal  years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015 and $1.0 million for fiscal year 2013 and $1.1 million for each of fiscal years 2012 and 2011.2014.

 

Software

 

The Company capitalizes costs related to computer software obtained or developed for internal use. Software obtained for internal use has generally been enterprise-level business and finance software that the Company customizes to meet its specific operational needs. Costs incurred in the application development phase are capitalized and amortized over their useful lives, which are generally three to five years.



Goodwill



Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired. The carrying value of goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment in accordance with the authoritative guidance on goodwill, intangibles and other. The Company assesses possible impairments to goodwill at least annually during its second fiscal quarter and otherwise when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment condition may exist. In performing the annual impairment test of its goodwill, the Company considers the fair value concepts of a market participant and the highest and best use for its intangible assets.  In addition to the annual impairment test, goodwill is evaluated each reporting period to determine whether events and circumstances would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value.

F-8




In accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-08, “Testing GoodwillWhen testing goodwill for Impairment”, companies are permitted toimpairment, the Company first assessassesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. If, after assessing qualitative factors, an entitythe Company determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment testadditional quantitative tests is unnecessary. If deemed necessary,Otherwise, a two-step quantitative test is performed to identify the potential impairment and to measure the amount of goodwill impairment, if any. Any required impairment losses are recorded as a reduction in the carrying amount of the related asset and charged to results of operations. In additionNo impairments to its goodwill were identified by the annual impairment test, goodwill is evaluated each reporting period to determine whether eventsCompany during fiscal years 2016, 2015 and circumstances would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. 2014.



Long-lived Assets



The Company’s long-lived assets consist of property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets. Long-lived assets are depreciated or amortized, as applicable, on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The Company assesses potential impairments to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and/or its remaining useful life may no longer be appropriate. Any required impairment loss would be measured as the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, which is the amount at which the asset could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing market participants and would be recorded as a reduction in the carrying amount of the related asset and a charge to results of operations. An impairment loss would be recognized when

F-8


the sum of the expected future undiscounted net cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a non-cash, before tax impairment charge of $1.1 million to reduce the carrying value of the 2000 Flushes trade name intangible asset to its fair value. For additional details, refer to the information set forth in Note 6 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. No impairments to its long-lived assets were identified by the Company during fiscal years 2012 or 2011.2016, 2015 and 2014.



Fair Value of Financial Instruments



Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company categorizes its financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value into a hierarchy that categorizes fair value measurements into the following three levels based on the types of inputs used in measuring their fair value: 

Level 1:  Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2:  Observable market-based inputs or observable inputs that are corroborated by market data; and

Level 3:  Unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions.

Under fair value accounting, assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. As of August 31, 2016, the Company had no assets or liabilities that are measured at fair value in the financial instruments include cash andstatements on a recurring basis, with the exception of the foreign currency forward contracts, which are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. The carrying values of cash equivalents, short-term investments trade accounts receivable, accounts payable,and short-term borrowings and foreign currency exchange contracts. The carrying amounts of these financial instruments approximateare recorded at cost, which approximates their fair values primarily due to their short-term maturities.maturities and are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. During the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not record any significant nonrecurring fair value measurements for assets or liabilities in periods subsequent to their initial recognition.



Concentration of Credit Risk



Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and trade accounts receivable. The Company’s policy is to place its cash in high credit quality financial institutions, in investments that include demand deposits, term deposits and callable time deposits. The Company’s trade accounts receivable are derived from customers located in North America, South America, Asia-Pacific, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Europe.India. The Company limits its credit exposure from trade accounts receivable by performing on-going credit evaluations of customers, as well as insuring its trade accounts receivable in selected markets.



Insurance Coverage



The Company carries insurance policies to cover insurable risks such as property damage, business interruption, product liability, workers’ compensation and other risks, with coverage and other terms that it believes to be adequate and appropriate. These policies may be subject to applicable deductible or retention amounts, coverage limitations and exclusions. The Company does not maintain self-insurance with respect to its material risks; therefore, the Company has not provided for self-insurance reserves as of August 31, 20132016 and 2012.2015.



Revenue Recognition and Sales Incentives



Sales are recognized as revenue at the time of delivery to the customer when risks of loss and title have passed. Sales are recorded net of allowances for damaged goods and other sales returns, sales incentives, trade promotions and cash discounts.



The Company records the costs of promotional activities such as sales incentives, trade promotions, coupon offers and cash discounts that are given to its customers as a reduction of sales in its consolidated statements of operations.

F-9


The Company offers on-going trade promotion programs with customers and consumer coupon programs that require the Company to estimate and accrue the expected costs for such programs. Programs include cooperative marketing programs, shelf price reductions, coupons, rebates, consideration and allowances given to retailers for shelf space and/or favorable display positions in their stores and other promotional activities. Costs related to rebates, cooperative advertising and other promotional activities are recorded as a reduction to sales upon delivery of the Company’s products to its customers. Coupon costs are based upon historical redemption rates and are recorded as a reduction to sales as incurred, which is when the coupons are circulated.



Cost of Products Sold



Cost of products sold primarily includes the cost of products manufactured on the Company’s behalf by its third-party contract manufacturers, net of volume and other rebates. Cost of products sold also includes the costs to manufacture WD-40 concentrate, which is done at the Company’s own facilities or at third-party contract manufacturers. When the concentrate is manufactured

F-9


by the Company, cost of products sold includes direct labor, direct materials and supplies; in-bound freight costs related to purchased raw materials and finished product; and depreciation of machinery and equipment used in the manufacturing process.



Selling, General and Administrative Expenses



Selling, general and administrative expenses include costs related to selling the Company’s products, such as the cost of the sales force and related sales and broker commissions; shipping and handling costs paid to third-party companies to distribute finished goods from the Company’s third-party contract manufacturers and distribution centers to its customers; other general and administrative costs related to the Company’s business such as general overhead, legal and accounting fees, insurance, and depreciation; and other employee-related costs to support marketing, human resources, finance, supply chain, information technology and research and development activities.



Shipping and Handling Costs



Shipping and handling costs associated with in-bound freight and movement of product from third-party contract manufacturers to the Company’s third-party warehouses are generallycapitalized in the cost of inventory and subsequently included in cost of sales whereas shippingwhen recognized in the statement of operations. Shipping and handling costs associated with out-bound transportation are included in selling, general and administrative expenses and are recorded at the time of shipment of product to the Company’s customers. Out-bound shipping and handling costs were $15.7$16.1 million, $15.4$15.8 million and $15.0$16.2 million for fiscal years 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively.



Advertising and Sales Promotion Expenses



Advertising and sales promotion expenses are expensed as incurred. Advertising and sales promotion expenses include costs associated with promotional activities that the Company pays to third parties, which include costs for advertising (television, print media and internet), administration of coupon programs, consumer promotions, product demonstrations, public relations, agency costs, package design expenses and market research costs. Total advertising and sales promotion expenses were $22.3 million, $22.9 million and $23.9 million for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 



Research and Development



The Company is involved in research and development efforts that include the ongoing development or innovation of new products and the improvement, extension or renovation of existing products or product lines. All research and development costs are expensed as incurred and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Research and development expenses were $7.2$7.7 million, $5.1$9.0 million and $5.5$6.9 million in fiscal years 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively. These expenses include costs associated with general research and development activities, as well as those associated with internal staff, overhead, design testing, market research and consultants.



Income Taxes



Current income tax expense is the amount of income taxes expected to be payable for the current year. A deferred income tax liability or asset is established for the expected future tax consequences resulting from the differences in financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is provided if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In addition to valuation allowances, the Company provides for uncertain tax positions when such tax positions do not meet the recognition thresholds or measurement standards prescribed by the authoritative guidance on income taxes. Amounts for uncertain tax positions are adjusted in periods when new information becomes available or when positions are effectively settled. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense.

F-10




U.S. federal income tax expense is provided on remittances of foreign earnings and on unremitted foreign earnings that are not indefinitely reinvested. U.S. federal income taxes and foreign withholding taxes are not provided when foreign earnings are indefinitely reinvested. The Company determines whether its foreign subsidiaries will invest their undistributed earnings indefinitely based on the capital needs of the foreign subsidiaries and reassesses this determination each reporting period. Changes to the Company’s determination may be warranted based on the Company’s experience as well as its plans regarding future international operations and expected remittances.



Foreign Currency



AssetsThe Company translates the assets and liabilities of the Company’sits foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at current rates of exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date.end of the reporting period. Income and expense items are translated at rates that approximate the average exchange rates prevailing during each reporting period.in effect at the transaction date. Gains and losses from translation are included in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. Gains or

F-10


losses resulting from foreign currency transactions (transactions denominated in a currency other than the entity’s functional currency) are included as other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company had $0.4 million of net gains, $0.3 million of net losses and $0.2$2.4 million of net gains in foreign currency transactions duringin fiscal year 2016 and $1.7 million and $0.4 million of net losses in fiscal years 2013, 20122015 and 2011,2014, respectively.



In the normal course of business, the Company employs established policies and procedures to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company’s U.K. subsidiary, whose functional currency is Pound Sterling, utilizes foreign currency forward contracts to limit its exposure in converting forecasted cashaccounts receivable and accounts payable balances denominated in non-functional currencies. The principal currency affected is the Euro. The Company regularly monitors its foreign currency exchange rate exposures to ensure the overall effectiveness of its foreign currency hedge positions. While the Company engages in foreign currency hedging activity to reduce its risk, for accounting purposes, none of its foreign currency forward contracts are designated as hedges.



Foreign currency forward contracts are carried at fair value, with net realized and unrealized gains and losses recognized currently in other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Cash flows from settlements of foreign currency forward contracts are included in operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Foreign currency forward contracts in an asset position at the end of the reporting period are included in other current assets, while foreign currency forward contracts in a liability position at the end of the reporting period are included in accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. At August 31, 2013,2016, the Company had a notional amount of $9.5$5.3 million outstanding in foreign currency forward contracts, which mature from September 20132016 through December 2013.October 2016.  Unrealized net gains related to foreign currency forward contracts were not significant at August 31, 20132016 and 2012. 2015.  Realized net gains and losses related to foreign currency forward contracts were not material for each of the twelve month periods ended August 31, 2016 and 2015.



Earnings per Common Share



Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents, whether paid or unpaid, are participating securities that are required to be included in the computation of earnings per common share pursuant to the two-class method. Accordingly, the Company’s outstanding unvested, if any, and outstanding vested restricted stock unitsstock-based equity awards that provide such nonforfeitable rights to dividend equivalents are included as participating securities in the calculation of earnings per common share (“EPS”) pursuant to the two-class method.



The Company calculates EPS using the two-class method, which provides for an allocation of net income between common stock and other participating securities based on their respective participation rights to share in dividends.  Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders for the period by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Net income available to common shareholders for the period includes dividends paid to common shareholders during the period plus a proportionate share of undistributed net income allocable to common shareholders for the period; the proportionate share of undistributed net income allocable to common shareholders for the period is based on the proportionate share of total weighted-average common shares and participating securities outstanding during the period.



Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders for the period by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period increased by the weighted-average number of potentially dilutive common shares (dilutive securities) that were outstanding during the period if the effect is dilutive. Dilutive securities are comprised of stock options, restricted stock units, performancemarket share units and market sharedeferred performance units granted under the Company’s prior stock option plan and current equity incentive plan. 



F-11


Stock-based Compensation



The Company accounts for stock-based equity awards exchanged for employee and non-employee director services in accordance with the authoritative guidance for share-based payments. Under such guidance, stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. Compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award, which is generally the maximum vesting period of the award.



The fair value of stock options is determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair values of restricted stock unit awards and deferred performance share unit awards are based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date that such awards are granted. The fair value of market share unit awards is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model. For the deferred performance share unit awards, the Company adjusts the compensation expense over the service period based upon the expected achievement level of the applicable performance conditions.condition. As the grant date fair value of market share unit awards reflects the probabilities of the actual number of such awards expected to vest, compensation expense for such awards is not adjusted based on the expected achievement level of the applicable performance condition. An estimated forfeiture rate is applied and included in the calculation of stock-based compensation expense at the time that the stock-based equity awards are granted

F-11


and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeiture rates differ from those estimates. Compensation expense related to the Company’s stock-based equity awards is recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.



The Company calculates its windfall tax benefits additional paid-in capital pool that is available to absorb tax deficiencies in accordance with the short-cut method provided for by the authoritative guidance for share-based payments. As ofAugust 31, 2013,2016, the Company determined that it has a remaining pool of windfall tax benefits.



Segment Information



The Company discloses certain information about its business segments, which are determined consistent with the way the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) organizes and evaluates financial information internally for making operating decisions and assessing performance. The Company is organized on the basis of geographical locations. In addition, the CODMChief Operating Decision Maker assesses and measures on revenue based on product groups.



Recently Adopted Accounting Standards



In February 2013,November 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”)issued ASUAccounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2013-02,2015-17, “ReportingBalance Sheet Classification of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive IncomeDeferred Taxes”, which is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. This authoritative guidance was issued to improve the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”).  This guidance requires companies to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of AOCI either in a single note orthat all deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent on the facebalance sheet, and eliminates the current requirement for an entity to separate these liabilities and assets into current and noncurrent amounts based on the classification of the financial statements. Significant amounts reclassified out of AOCI should be presented by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income in the same reporting period. For amounts not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, a cross-reference to other disclosures provided for in accordance with U.S. GAAP is required. related asset or liability.The adoption of this new authoritative guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statement disclosures.

In June 2011, the FASB issued updated authoritative guidance to amend the presentation of comprehensive income. Under these new presentation rules, companies have the option to present other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The updated authoritative guidance on comprehensive income is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, withCompany early adoption permitted. The amendments in this guidance also require that reclassifications from other comprehensive income to net income be presented on the face of the consolidated financial statements, but this portion of the guidance was indefinitely deferred in accordance with ASU No. 2011-12 which was issued by the FASB in December 2011. In September 2012, the Company adopted this updated authoritative guidance in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016 on a prospective basis and elected to present comprehensive incomeit only resulted in two separate but consecutive statements as part of its consolidated financial statements. Other than a change inof presentation of the adoption of this new authoritative guidance did not have an impactdeferred taxes on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.balance sheet as of August 31, 2016. This change was not retrospectively applied to prior period balances.



F-12


Recently Issued Accounting Standards



In July 2013,August 2016, theFASBissued ASU No. 2013-11,2016-15, “PresentationClassification of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists”,  Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Paymentswhich”. The amendments address eight specific cash flow issues to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. This guidance is effective for fiscal years andbeginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within thosethat reporting period. Early adoption is permitted and should be applied using a retrospective approach. The Company is in the process of evaluating the potential impacts of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, theFASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”, which requires entities to estimate all expected credit losses for certain types of financial instruments, including trade receivables, held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The updated guidance also expands the disclosure requirements to enable users of financial statements to understand the entity’s assumptions, models and methods for estimating expected credit losses. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013.2019, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted. The new rules require companies to present Company is in the process of evaluating the potential impacts of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements an unrecognized tax benefit as a reductionstatements.

In March 2016, theFASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Improvements to a deferred tax assetEmployee Share-Based Payment Accounting”.The amendments in this updatedguidanceincludechangesto simplify the Codification for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exceptseveral aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including those related to the extent suchincome tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, accounting for forfeitures, minimum statutory withholding requirements and classification of certain items are not available or not intended to be used aton the reporting date to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowancestatement of a tax position. In such instances, the unrecognized tax benefit iscash flows. Certain of these changes are required to be presented in the financial statements as a liability and notapplied retrospectively while other changes are required to be combined with deferred tax assets.applied prospectively. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currentlystill evaluating whether it will adopt this updated authoritative guidance in fiscal year 2017 or in fiscal year 2018, as required, but it expects that the adoption of this new guidance will have a more than inconsequential impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  For example, if the Company had adopted this updated guidance in fiscal year 2016, its income tax expense for the year would have been reduced by approximately $2.1 million due to the recognition of excess tax benefits in the provision for income taxes rather than through additional paid-in-capital.  The Company also expects to change its policy related to forfeitures upon adoption of this new guidance such that it will recognize the impacts of forfeitures as they occur rather than recognizing them based on an estimated forfeiture rate.  Although the Company is still assessing the impacts of this change in policy for forfeitures on its consolidated financial statements, it does not expect that the impact will be material.

In February 2016, theFASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases”.The new standard establishes a right-of-use model that requires a lessee to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than twelve months. Leases will be classified as either financeor operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the

F-12


income statement.This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted and should be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impacts of this new guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.disclosures.



In December 2011,May 2014, theFASBissued ASU No. 2011-11,2014-09,Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and LiabilitiesRevenue from Contracts with Customers”, which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition”.  The core principle of this updated guidance and related amendmentsis that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new rule also requires additional disclosureabout the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract.  This guidance was originally to be effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, andDecember 15, 2016, including interim periods within those annual periods. This authoritative guidance was issued to enhance disclosure requirements on offsetting financial assets and liabilities. The new rules require companies to disclose both gross and net information about instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position, as well as instruments and transactions subject to a netting arrangement.that reporting period. In January 2013,July 2015, the FASB further issued ASU No. 2013-01, “Clarifyingapproved a one year deferral for the Scopeeffective date of Disclosures about Offsetting Assetsthis guidance. Early adoption is permitted but only to the original effective date. Companies are permitted to adopt this new rule following either a full or modified retrospective approach. The Company does not intend to adopt this guidance early and Liabilities” to address implementation issues surroundingit will become effective for the scope of ASU No. 2011-11 and to clarify the scope of the offsetting disclosures and address any unintended consequences.Company on September 1, 2018.  The Company has evaluatednot yet decided which implementation method it will adopt. Although management has completed its initial evaluation of this new guidance as it pertains to the Company, it is still in the process of determining the impacts that this updated authoritative guidance and it does not expectwill have on the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on itsCompany's consolidated financial statement disclosures.statements. 



Note 3.  Fair Value Measurements

Financial Assets and Liabilities

The Company categorizes its financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value into a hierarchy that categorizes fair value measurements into the following three levels based on the types of inputs used in measuring their fair value: 

Level 1:  Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2:  Observable market-based inputs or observable inputs that are corroborated by market data; and

Level 3:  Unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions.

The Company’s financial assets are summarized below, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 31, 2013

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

$

17,203 

 

$

 -

 

$

17,203 

 

$

 -

Term deposits

 

894 

 

 

 -

 

 

894 

 

 

 -

Callable time deposits

 

36,622 

 

 

 -

 

 

36,622 

 

 

 -

Total

$

54,719 

 

$

 -

 

$

54,719 

 

$

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 31, 2012

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

$

4,025 

 

$

 -

 

$

4,025 

 

$

 -

Term deposits

 

1,033 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,033 

 

 

 -

Total

$

5,058 

 

$

 -

 

$

5,058 

 

$

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds and time deposits are highly liquid investments classified as cash equivalents and term deposits and callable time deposits are classified as short-term investments in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at August 31, 2013 and 2012.

F-13


The carrying values of term deposits, time deposits and callable time deposits are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value that is based on third party quotations of similar assets in active markets, and are thus classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.

The carrying values of trade accounts receivable, accounts payable and the revolving line of credit approximate their fair values due to their short-term maturities.

Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities

The Company’s nonfinancial assets and liabilities are recognized at fair value subsequent to initial recognition when they are deemed to be impaired. There were no nonfinancial assets and liabilities deemed to be impaired and measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of August 31, 2013 and 2012, with the exception of the 2000 Flushes trade name, for which an impairment charge of $1.1 million  was recorded to in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013. For additional details, refer to the information set forth in Note 6 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

Note 4.  Inventories



Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands): 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 31,

 

August 31,

August 31,

 

August 31,

2013

 

2012

2016

 

2015

Product held at third-party contract manufacturers

$

3,790 

 

$

4,142 

$

3,521 

 

$

3,224 

Raw materials and components

 

4,597 

 

 

4,093 

 

2,996 

 

 

3,597 

Work-in-process

 

18 

 

 

347 

 

163 

 

 

141 

Finished goods

 

24,028 

 

 

21,215 

 

25,113 

 

 

25,090 

Total

$

32,433 

 

$

29,797 

$

31,793 

 

$

32,052 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Note 5.4.  Property and Equipment



Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following (in thousands): 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 31,

 

August 31,

August 31,

 

August 31,

2013

 

2012

2016

 

2015

Machinery, equipment and vehicles

$

12,035 

 

$

12,517 

$

14,892 

 

$

14,419 

Buildings and improvements

 

3,781 

 

 

3,574 

 

4,223 

 

 

4,258 

Computer and office equipment

 

3,389 

 

 

3,270 

 

3,605 

 

 

3,709 

Software

 

5,997 

 

 

5,530 

 

7,392 

 

 

6,835 

Furniture and fixtures

 

1,285 

 

 

1,229 

 

1,286 

 

 

1,414 

Capital in progress

 

2,200 

 

 

1,552 

Land

 

283 

 

 

287 

 

254 

 

 

282 

Subtotal

 

26,770 

 

 

26,407 

 

33,852 

 

 

32,469 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(18,235)

 

 

(17,344)

 

(22,307)

 

 

(21,093)

Total

$

8,535 

 

$

9,063 

$

11,545 

 

$

11,376 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



F-14F-13


 



Note 6.5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets



Acquisitions

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2015, the Company entered into an agreement by and between GT 85 Limited (“GT85”) and WD-40 Company Limited, which is the Company’s U.K. subsidiary, to acquire the GT85 business and certain of its assets for a purchase consideration of $4.1 million. Of this purchase consideration, $3.7 million was paid in cash upon completion of the acquisition (“completion”) and the remaining balance was paid in June 2015.  Located in the U.K., the GT85 business was engaged in the marketing and sale of the GT85® and SG85 brands of maintenance products. This acquisition complements the Company’s maintenance products and will help to build upon its strategy to develop new product categories for WD-40 Specialist and WD-40 BIKE.

The purchase price was allocated to certain customer-related, trade name-related, and technology-based intangible assets in the amount of $1.7 million, $0.9 million, and $0.2 million, respectively. The Company began to amortize these definite-lived intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of eight,  ten, and four years, respectively, in the first quarter of fiscal year 2015. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the intangible assets acquired and, as a result, the Company recorded goodwill of $1.3 million in connection with this transaction. This acquisition did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements, and as a result no pro forma disclosures have been presented.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2014, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) by and between Etablissements Decloedt SA/NV (“Etablissements”) and WD-40 Company Limited. From January 1998 through the date of this Purchase Agreement, Etablissements acted as one of the Company’s international marketing distributors located in Belgium where it marketed and distributed certain of the WD-40 products. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company acquired the list of customers and related information (the “customer list”) from Establissements for a purchase consideration of $1.8 million in cash. The Company has been using this customer list since its acquisition to solicit and transact direct sales of its products in Belgium. The Company began to amortize this customer list definite-lived intangible asset on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of five years in the second quarter of fiscal year 2014.

Goodwill



The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill by segment (in thousands):  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

 

EMEA

 

Asia-Pacific

 

Total

Balance as of August 31, 2011

$

85,578 

 

$

8,663 

 

$

1,211 

 

$

95,452 

Translation adjustments

 

(20)

 

 

(114)

 

 

 -

 

 

(134)

Balance as of August 31, 2012

 

85,558 

 

 

8,549 

 

 

1,211 

 

 

95,318 

Translation adjustments

 

(13)

 

 

(69)

 

 

 -

 

 

(82)

Balance as of August 31, 2013

$

85,545 

 

$

8,480 

 

$

1,211 

 

$

95,236 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Americas

 

EMEA

 

Asia-Pacific

 

Total

Balance as of August 31, 2014

$

85,581 

 

$

8,707 

 

$

1,211 

 

$

95,499 

GT85 acquisition

 

 -

 

 

1,231 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,231 

Translation adjustments

 

(49)

 

 

(271)

 

 

(1)

 

 

(321)

Balance as of August 31, 2015

 

85,532 

 

 

9,667 

 

 

1,210 

 

 

96,409 

Translation adjustments

 

(80)

 

 

(680)

 

 

 -

 

 

(760)

Balance as of August 31, 2016

$

85,452 

 

$

8,987 

 

$

1,210 

 

$

95,649 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2013,2016, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test. The annual goodwill impairment test was performed at the reporting unit level as required by the authoritative guidance. Under updated authoritative guidance which was issued by the FASB in September 2011, companies are permitted to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The Company early adopted the provisions of this new guidance in conjunction with its second quarter of fiscal year 2012 annual goodwill impairment test and it performed a qualitative assessment of alleach reporting units ofunit to determine whether it iswas more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit iswas less than its carrying amount. In performing this qualitative assessment, the Company assessed relevant events and circumstances that may impact the fair value and the carrying amount of each of its reporting units. Factors that were considered included, but were not limited to, the following: (1) macroeconomic conditions; (2) industry and market conditions; (3) overallhistorical financial performance and expected financial performance; (4) other entity specific events, such as changes in management or key personnel; and (5) events affecting the Company’s reporting units, such as a change in the composition of net assets or any expected dispositions. Based on the results of this qualitative assessment, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the carrying value of each of its reporting units is less than its fair value and, thus, the two-step quantitative analysis was not required.  As a result, the Company concluded thatno impairment of its goodwill existed as of February 28, 2013.29, 2016.



In addition, there were no indicators of impairment identified as a result of the Company’s review of events and circumstances related to its goodwill subsequent to February 28, 2013.  29, 2016, the date of its most recent annual goodwill impairment test. To date, there have been no impairment losses identified and recorded related to the Company’s goodwill.

F-14


Definite-lived Intangible Assets



The Company’s definite-lived intangible assets, which include the 2000 Flushes, Spot Shot, Carpet Fresh, X-141001 and 1001GT85 trade names, the Belgium customer list, the GT85 customer relationships and the GT85 technology are included in other intangible assets, net in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets. The following table summarizes the definite-lived intangible assets and the related accumulated amortization and impairment (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 31,

 

August 31,

August 31,

 

August 31,

2013

 

2012

2016

 

2015

Gross carrying amount

$

34,615 

 

$

34,689 

$

36,009 

 

$

37,805 

Accumulated amortization

 

(9,124)

 

 

(6,943)

 

(16,818)

 

 

(14,844)

Accumulated impairment of intangible assets

 

(1,077)

 

 

 -

Translation adjustments

 

(122)

 

 

(61)

Net carrying amount

$

24,292 

 

$

27,685 

$

19,191 

 

$

22,961 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In April 2013, the Company determined based on its review of events and circumstances that there were indicators that the carrying values of its 2000 Flushes, Spot Shot, Carpet Fresh and X-14 trade name definite-lived intangible assets may not be fully recoverable.  The specific event which existed for each of the trade names was related to the Company’s evaluation work which it started in late April 2013 and was an outcome of discussions with the Board of Directors in March 2013 to explore the strategic alternatives for these homecare and cleaning products in the Americas segment. As a result of this work being performed by the Company starting in late April 2013, it was determined that there was a likelihood of more than 50% that these trade names in certain locations will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of their previously estimated useful lives.  As a result, management performed the Step 1 recoverability test under Accounting Standards Codification 360-10-35,

F-15


Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, for each of these trade names.  In performing the Step 1 recoverability test, the Company compared the carrying value of each asset group, which was determined to be at the trade name level, to the total of the undiscounted cash flows expected to be received over the remaining useful life of each trade name asset group. Based on the results of this recoverability test, the Company determined that the total of the undiscounted cash flows exceeded the carrying value for each of these asset groups and that no impairment existed for any of these trade names as of May 31, 2013. In addition, in conjunction with performing this recoverability analysis, the Company also performed an evaluation of the remaining useful life for each of these trade names to determine if they were still appropriate as of May 31, 2013. Based on the results of this evaluation, the Company also determined that it was appropriate to reduce the remaining useful life of the 2000 Flushes trade name from fourteen years and ten months to seven years effective on May 1, 2013. Consequently, the Company began to amortize this trade name on a straight-line basis over its new remaining useful life effective on May 1, 2013. The Company determined that no reduction of the remaining useful lives for the Spot Shot, Carpet Fresh, X-14 and 1001 trade names were warranted as a result of this evaluation.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, as part of the Company’s ongoing evaluation of potential strategic alternatives for certain of its homecare and cleaning products, the Company further determined based on its review of events and circumstances that there were indicators of impairment for the Carpet Fresh and 2000 Flushes trade names. Management accordingly performed the Step 1 recoverability test for these two trade names and based on the results of this analysis, it was determined that the total of the undiscounted cash flows significantly exceeded the carrying value for the Carpet Fresh asset group and that no impairment existed for this trade name as of August 31, 2013. However, the Step 1 analysis indicated that the carrying value of the asset group for the 2000 Flushes exceeded its undiscounted future cash flows, and consequently, a second phase of the impairment test (“Step 2”) was performed specific to the 2000 Flushes trade name to determine whether this trade name is impaired. The 2000 Flushes trade name failed Step 1 in the fourth quarter analysis primarily driven by changes in management’s current expectations for future growth and profitability for the 2000 Flushes trade name as compared to those used in the previous Step 1 analysis. In performing the Step 2 analysis, the Company determined the fair value of the asset group utilizing the income approach, which is based on the present value of the estimated future cash flows. The calculation that is prepared in order to determine the estimated fair value of an asset group requires management to make assumptions about key inputs in the estimated cash flows, including long-term forecasts, discount rates and terminal growth rates. In estimating the fair value of the 2000 Flushes trade name, the Company applied a discount rate of 11.3%, annual revenue growth rates ranging from negative 13.6% to positive 1.5% and a long-term terminal growth rate of 1.5%.  Cash flow projections used were based on management’s estimates of revenue growth rates, contribution margins and earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). The discount rate used was based on the weighted-average cost of capital. The Company also considered the fair value concepts of a market participant and thus all amounts included in the long-term forecast reflect management’s best estimate of what a market participant could realize over the projection period. After taking all of these factors into consideration, the estimated fair value of the asset group was then compared to the carrying value of the 2000 Flushes trade name asset group to determine the amount of the impairment. The inputs used in the impairment fair value analysis fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy due to the significant unobservable inputs used to determine fair value. Based on the results of this Step 2 analysis, the 2000 Flushes asset group’s estimated fair value was determined to be lower than its carrying value. Consequently, the Company recorded a non-cash, before tax impairment charge of $1.1 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013 to reduce the carrying value of the 2000 Flushes asset to its fair value of $7.9 million. 

An intangible asset valuation is dependent on a number of significant estimates and assumptions, including macroeconomic conditions, overall category growth rates, sales growth rates, cost containment and margin expansion and expense levels for advertising and promotions and general overhead, all of which must be developed from a market participant standpoint. While the Company believes that the estimates and assumptions used in its analyses are reasonable, actual events and results could differ substantially from those included in the valuation. In the event that business conditions change in the future, the Company may be required to reassess and update its forecasts and estimates used in subsequent impairment analyses. If the results of these future analyses are lower than current estimates, an additional impairment charge may result at that time.



There werehas been no indicators of impairment identifiedcharge for the period ended August 31, 2016 as a result of the Company’s review of events and circumstances related to its 1001 trade nameexisting definite-lived intangible asset for the quarter ended August 31, 2013 and thus the Step 1 recoverability test was not performed for this trade name.assets.



F-16


Changes in the carrying amounts of definite-lived intangible assets by segment are summarized below (in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

 

EMEA

 

Asia-Pacific

 

Total

Americas

 

EMEA

 

Asia-Pacific

 

Total

Balance as of August 31, 2011

$

26,413 

 

$

3,520 

 

$

 -

 

$

29,933 

Balance as of August 31, 2014

$

19,328 

 

$

4,343 

 

$

 -

 

$

23,671 

Amortization expense

 

(2,207)

 

 

(832)

 

 

 -

 

 

(3,039)

GT85 customer relationships

 

 -

 

 

1,570 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,570 

GT85 trade name

 

 -

 

 

896 

 

 

 -

 

 

896 

GT85 technology

 

 -

 

 

159 

 

 

 -

 

 

159 

Translation adjustments

 

 -

 

 

(296)

 

 

 -

 

 

(296)

Balance as of August 31, 2015

 

17,121 

 

 

5,840 

 

 

 -

 

 

22,961 

Amortization expense

 

(1,861)

 

 

(272)

 

 

 -

 

 

(2,133)

 

(2,208)

 

 

(768)

 

 

 -

 

 

(2,976)

Translation adjustments

 

162 

 

 

(277)

 

 

 -

 

 

(115)

 

 -

 

 

(794)

 

 

 -

 

 

(794)

Balance as of August 31, 2012

 

24,714 

 

 

2,971 

 

 

 -

 

 

27,685 

Amortization expense

 

(2,101)

 

 

(159)

 

 

 -

 

 

(2,260)

Impairment of intangible assets

 

(1,077)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,077)

Translation adjustments

 

 -

 

 

(56)

 

 

 -

 

 

(56)

Balance as of August 31, 2013

$

21,536 

 

$

2,756 

 

$

 -

 

$

24,292 

Balance as of August 31, 2016

$

14,913 

 

$

4,278 

 

$

 -

 

$

19,191 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



The estimated amortization expense for the Company’s definite-lived intangible assets in future fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):

Trade Names

Fiscal year 2014

$

2,365 

Fiscal year 2015

2,365 

Fiscal year 2016

2,365 

Fiscal year 2017

2,365 

Fiscal year 2018

2,365 

Thereafter

12,467 

Total

$

24,292 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Trade Names

 

Customer-Based

 

Technology

Fiscal year 2017

$

2,422 

 

$

452 

 

$

34 

Fiscal year 2018

 

2,417 

 

 

452 

 

 

33 

Fiscal year 2019

 

2,417 

 

 

262 

 

 

 -

Fiscal year 2020

 

2,022 

 

 

167 

 

 

 -

Fiscal year 2021

 

1,232 

 

 

167 

 

 

 -

Thereafter

 

6,947 

 

 

167 

 

 

 -

Total

$

17,457 

 

$

1,667 

 

$

67 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in the total estimated future amortization expense is the amortization expense for the 1001 trade name and the GT85 intangible asset,assets, which isare based on current foreign currency exchange rates, and as a result amounts in future periods may differ from those presented due to fluctuations in those rates.

F-15


Note 7.6. Accrued and Other Liabilities



Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 31,

 

August 31,

August 31,

 

August 31,

2013

 

2012

2016

 

2015

Accrued advertising and sales promotion expenses

$

9,986 

 

$

9,963 

$

9,763 

 

$

9,259 

Accrued professional services fees

 

1,358 

 

 

1,006 

 

1,262 

 

 

1,207 

Accrued sales taxes

 

1,494 

 

 

839 

Accrued other taxes

 

368 

 

 

1,243 

Accrued sales taxes and other taxes

 

954 

 

 

1,043 

Other

 

3,356 

 

 

3,441 

 

3,778 

 

 

3,691 

Total

$

16,562 

 

$

16,492 

$

15,757 

 

$

15,200 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Accrued payroll and related expenses consisted of the following (in thousands): 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 31,

 

August 31,

August 31,

 

August 31,

2013

 

2012

2016

 

2015

Accrued bonuses

$

9,847 

 

$

1,034 

Accrued incentive compensation

$

12,203 

 

$

5,530 

Accrued payroll

 

2,048 

 

 

1,802 

 

3,559 

 

 

3,644 

Accrued profit sharing

 

2,739 

 

 

1,714 

 

2,716 

 

 

2,508 

Accrued payroll taxes

 

1,991 

 

 

892 

 

1,744 

 

 

1,189 

Other

 

619 

 

 

462 

 

644 

 

 

486 

Total

$

17,244 

 

$

5,904 

$

20,866 

 

$

13,357 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



F-17


Deferred and other long-term liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 31,

 

August 31,

 

2013

 

2012

Supplemental employee retirement plan benefits liability

$

548 

 

$

598 

Other income taxes payable

 

1,243 

 

 

1,297 

Other

 

110 

 

 

61 

Total

$

1,901 

 

$

1,956 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Note 8.7. Debt



Revolving Credit Facility



On June 17, 2011, the Company entered into an unsecured credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”). The agreement consisted of a $75.0 million three-year revolving credit facility. Under the terms of the credit facility agreement, the Company may initiate loans in U.S. dollars or in foreign currencies from time to time during the three-year period, which was set to expire onSince June 17, 2014. Per the terms of the agreement, all loans denominated in U.S. dollars will accrue interest at the bank’s Prime rate or at LIBOR plus a predetermined margin2011 and all  loans denominated in foreign currencies will accrue interest at LIBOR plus the same predetermined  margin  (together with any applicable mandatory liquid asset costs imposed by non-U.S. banking regulatory authorities).  Interest on outstanding loans is due and payable on a quarterly basis through the credit facility maturity date. The Company may also borrow against the credit facility through the issuance of standby letters of credit. Outstanding letters of credit are subject to a fee equal to a predetermined percent per annum applied to amounts available to be drawn on outstanding letters of credit. The Company will also incur commitment fees for the credit facility at a predetermined annual rate which will be applied to the portion of the total credit facility commitment that has not been borrowed until outstanding loans and letters of credit exceed one half the total amount of the credit facility. 

On January 7, 2013, the Company entered into a first amendment (the “Amendment”) toAugust 31, 2016, this existing unsecured credit agreement with Bank of America. Thehas been amended three times, most recently on November 16, 2015 (the “Third Amendment”). This Third Amendment extends the maturity date ofincreased the revolving credit facility for five years and increases the revolving commitment from an amount not to exceed $150.0 million to an amount not to exceed $125.0$175.0 million. The newThird Amendment also increased the aggregate amount of the Company’s capital stock that it may repurchase from $125.0 million to $150.0 million during the period from and including the Third Amendment effective date to the maturity date forof the agreement so long as no default exists immediately prior and after giving effect thereto. This revolving credit facility per the Amendment is January 7, 2018.  In addition, per the terms of the Amendment, the LIBOR margin decreased from 0.90 to 0.85 percent,  the letter of credit fee decreased from 0.90 to 0.85 percent per annum matures on May 13, 2020,and the commitment fee decreased from an annual rate of 0.15 percent to 0.12 percent.  The Company will incur commitment fees applied to the portion of the total credit facility commitment that has not been borrowed until outstanding loans and letters of credit exceed $62.5 million.  To date, the Company has used the proceeds of the revolving credit facility for its stock repurchases and plans to continue using such proceeds for its general working capital needs and stock repurchases under any existing board approved share buy-back plans. 

The agreement includes representations, warranties and covenants customary for credit facilities of this type, as well as customary events of default and remedies. Theremedies.  

Per the terms of the amended agreement, also requires the Company and Bank of America may enter into an autoborrow agreement in form and substance satisfactory to maintain  minimumBank of America, providing for the automatic advance of revolving loans in U.S. Dollars to the Company’s designated account at Bank of America. On February 10, 2016, the Company entered into an autoborrow agreement with Bank of America and this agreement has been in effect since that date. For the financial covenants, the definition of consolidated earnings before interest,EBITDA includes the add back of non-cash stock-based compensation to consolidated net income taxes, depreciationwhen arriving at consolidated EBITDA. The terms of the financial covenants are as follows:  

·

The consolidated leverage ratio cannot be greater than three to one. The consolidated leverage ratio means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) consolidated funded indebtedness as of such date to (b) consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters.

·

The consolidated interest coverage ratio cannot be less than three to one. The consolidated interest coverage ratio means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters to (b) consolidated interest charges for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters.

While each of the borrowings under the line of credit have a maturity date within twelve months, the Company has classified the borrowings as long-term liabilities as it has the ability and amortization (“EBITDA”)intent to refinance the draws on the line of $40.0 million, measuredcredit for a period in excess of one year through successive conversions of the borrowings to new borrowings under the line of credit. Since the autoborrow feature provides for borrowings to be made and repaid by the Company on a trailing twelve monthdaily basis, at each reporting period.

any such borrowings made under an active autoborrow agreement are classified as short-term on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013,2016, the Company borrowed an additional $18.0$14.0 million U.S. dollars under the revolving credit facility. As of August 31, 2016, the Company had no balance under the autoborrow agreement. The Company regularly converts existing draws on its line of credit to new draws with new maturity dates and interest rates, however the balance on these draws has remained within a short-term classification as a result of these conversions.rates. As of August 31, 2013,2016, the Company had a $63.0

F-16


$122.0 million outstanding balance on the revolving credit facility and was in compliance with all debt covenants under this credit facility.



On September 1, 2016, the Company entered into a fourth amendment (the “Fourth Amendment”) to the existing unsecured credit agreement with Bank of America. See Note 9.16 – Subsequent Events for additional information on a fourth amendment to the revolving credit facility.

Note 8. Share Repurchase Plans



On December 13, 2011,October 14, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a share buy-back plan. Under the plan, which became effective at the beginning of the third quarter of fiscal year 2015, once the Company’s previous $60.0 million plan was in effect through December 12, 2013,exhausted, the Company was authorized to acquire up to $50.0$75.0 million of its outstanding shares through August 31, 2016. The timing and amount of repurchases were based on such terms and conditions as may be acceptable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer orand Chief Financial Officer and in compliance with all laws and regulations applicable thereto. During the period from December 14, 2011March 1, 2015 through JulyAugust 31, 2013,2016, the Company repurchased 1,013,400503,127 shares at a total cost of $50.0 million. As a result, the Company has utilized the entire authorized amount and completed the repurchases$47.8 million under this share buy-back$75.0 million plan.

F-18




On June 18, 2013,21, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a new share buy-back plan. Under the plan, which isbecame effective on September 1, 2016 and will remain in effect from August 1, 2013 through August 31, 2015,2018, the Company is authorized to acquire up to $60.0$75.0 million of its outstanding shares on such terms and conditions as may be acceptable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer orand Chief Financial Officer and subject to present loan covenants and in compliance with all laws and regulations applicable thereto. During the period from August 1, 2013 through August 31, 2013, the Company repurchased 45,633 shares at a total cost of $2.7 million.



Note 10.9.  Earnings per Common Share



The table below reconciles net income to net income available to common shareholders (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

2013

 

2012

 

2011

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Net income

$

39,813 

 

$

35,485 

 

$

36,433 

$

52,628 

 

$

44,807 

 

$

43,746 

Less: Net income allocated to participating securities

 

(196)

 

 

(152)

 

 

(130)

 

(334)

 

 

(271)

 

 

(238)

Net income available to common shareholders

$

39,617 

 

$

35,333 

 

$

36,303 

$

52,294 

 

$

44,536 

 

$

43,508 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The table below summarizes the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding included in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

2013

 

2012

 

2011

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic

 

15,517 

 

 

15,914 

 

 

16,803 

 

14,332 

 

 

14,582 

 

 

15,072 

Weighted-average dilutive securities

 

102 

 

 

132 

 

 

179 

 

47 

 

 

67 

 

 

76 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, diluted

 

15,619 

 

 

16,046 

 

 

16,982 

 

14,379 

 

 

14,649 

 

 

15,148 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

There were no anti-dilutive stock options outstanding forFor the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011.2014, weighted-average stock-based equity awards outstanding that are non-participating securities in the amounts of 4,501, 1,337 and 4,454, respectively, were excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS under the treasury stock method as they were anti-dilutive.



Note 11.10.  Related Parties



On October 11, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors elected Mr. Gregory A. Sandfort as a director of WD-40 Company. Mr. Sandfort is President andthe Chief Executive Officer of Tractor Supply Company (“Tractor Supply”), which is a WD-40 Company customer that acquires products from the Company in the ordinary course of business.



The consolidated financial statements include sales to Tractor Supply of $0.8$1.2 million and $0.6$1.1 million for fiscal years 20132016 and 2012,2015, respectively. Accounts receivable from Tractor Supply were $0.1 millionnot material as of August 31, 2013.2016 and 2015. 

F-17


 

Note 12.11.  Commitments and Contingencies



Leases



The Company was committed under certain non-cancelable operating leases at August 31, 20132016 which provide for the following future fiscal year minimum payments (in thousands): 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

Thereafter

Operating leases

$

1,775 

 

$

1,485 

 

$

935 

 

$

590 

 

$

325 

 

$

376 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2020

 

2021

 

Thereafter

Operating leases

$

1,996 

 

$

1,144 

 

$

630 

 

$

350 

 

$

190 

 

$

30 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rent expense was $2.0$1.9 million $1.8for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 and $2.1 million and $1.6 million for each of the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013, 20122015 and 2011, respectively.2014.  



Purchase Commitments 



The Company has ongoing relationships with various suppliers (contract manufacturers) who manufacture the Company’s products.  The contract manufacturers maintain title and control of certain raw materials and components, materials utilized in finished products, and of the finished products themselves until shipment to the Company’s customers or third-party distribution centers in accordance with agreed upon shipment terms.  Although

F-19


the Company typically does not have definitive minimum purchase obligations included in the contract terms with its contract manufacturers, when such obligations have been included, they have been immaterial. In the ordinary course of business, supply needs are communicated by the Company to its contract manufacturers based on orders and short-term projections, ranging from two to five months. The Company is committed to purchase the products produced by the contract manufacturers based on the projections provided.



Upon the termination of contracts with contract manufacturers, the Company obtains certain inventory control rights and is obligated to work with the contract manufacturer to sell through all product held by or manufactured by the contract manufacturer on behalf of the Company during the termination notification period. If any inventory remains at the contract manufacturer at the termination date, the Company is obligated to purchase such inventory which may include raw materials, components and finished goods. Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012,The amounts for inventory purchased under termination commitments have been immaterial. As a result of the unanticipated termination of the IQ Products Company contract manufacturing agreement in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, the Company is currently obligated to purchase $1.8 million of inventory which is included in inventories in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of August 31, 2013. 



In addition to the commitments to purchase products from contract manufacturers described above, the Company may also enter into commitments with other manufacturers to purchase finished goods and components to support innovation and renovation initiatives and/or supply chain initiatives. As of August 31, 2013,2016,  no such commitments were outstanding.



Litigation



The Company is party to various claims, legal actions and complaints, including product liability litigation, arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

On May 31, 2012, a legal action was filed against the Company in thea United States District Court, Southern District ofin Texas Houston Division (IQ Products Company v. WD-40 Company). The complaint alleged that the Company wrongfully terminated a contract manufacturing relationship. Pursuant to a court order, the dispute was submitted to arbitration. On November 19, 2015, a panel of three arbitrators issued their Final Award denying the claims of IQ Products Company a Texas corporation ("IQPC"(“IQPC”), or.  The Final Award included an affiliate or a predecessoraward of IQPC, has provided contract manufacturing services toattorney’s fees and costs in the amount of $1.5 million in favor of the Company, for many years.  The allegations of IQPC’s complaint arose out of a pending termination of this business relationship. In 2011, the Company requested proposals for manufacturing services from all of its domestic contract manufacturersand such amount was not recorded in conjunction with a project to redesign the Company’s supply chain architecture in North America. IQPC submitted a proposal as requested, and the Company tentatively awarded IQPC a new contract based on the information and pricing included in that proposal. IQPC subsequently sought to materially increase the quoted price for such manufacturing services. As a result, the Company chose to terminate its business relationship with IQPC.  IQPC also raised alleged safety concerns regarding a long-standing manufacturing specification related to the Company’s products. The Company believes that IQPC’s safety concerns are unfounded. 

In its complaint, IQPC asserts that the Company is obligated to indemnify IQPC for claims and losses based on a 1993 indemnity agreement and pursuant to common law.  IQPC also asserts that it has been harmed by the Company's allegedly retaliatory conduct in seeking to terminate its relationship with IQPC, allegedly in response to the safety concerns identified by IQPC. IQPC seeks declaratory relief to establish that it is entitled to indemnification and also to establish that the Company is responsible for reporting the alleged safety concerns toconsolidated financial statements at August 31, 2016. On August 25, 2016, the United States Consumer Products Safety Commission andDistrict Court in Texas entered judgment in favor of the Company, confirming the arbitration panel’s Final Award.  On September 6, 2016, IQPC filed a notice of appeal from the judgment to the Fifth Circuit United States DepartmentCourt of Transportation. The complaint also seeks damages for alleged economic losses in excess of $40.0 million, attorney’s fees and punitive damages based on alleged misrepresentations and false promises.  The Company believes the case is without merit and will vigorously defend this matter. At this stage in the litigation, the Company does not believe that a loss is probable and management is unable to reasonably estimate a possible loss or range of possible loss.Appeals.



Indemnifications



As permitted under Delaware law, the Company has agreements whereby it indemnifies senior officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was, serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited; however, the Company maintains Director and Officer insurance coverage that mitigates the Company’s exposure with respect to such obligations. As a result of the Company’s insurance coverage, management believes that the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal. Thus, no liabilities have been recorded for these agreements as of August 31, 2013.2016.



F-20


From time to time, the Company enters into indemnification agreements with certain contractual parties in the ordinary course of business, including agreements with lenders, lessors, contract manufacturers, marketing distributors, customers and certain vendors. All such indemnification agreements are entered into in the context of the particular agreements and are provided in an

F-18


attempt to properly allocate risk of loss in connection with the consummation of the underlying contractual arrangements. Although the maximum amount of future payments that

the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited, management believes that the Company maintains adequate levels of insurance coverage to protect the Company with respect to most potential claims arising from such agreements and that such agreements do not otherwise have value separate and apart from the liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. Thus, no liabilities have been recorded with respect to such indemnification agreements as of August 31, 2013.2016.



Note 13.12. Income Taxes



Income before income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

2013

 

2012

 

2011

2016

 

2015

 

2014

United States

$

36,302 

 

$

36,666 

 

$

37,309 

$

41,128 

 

$

38,044 

 

$

41,537 

Foreign (1)

 

20,565 

 

 

14,247 

 

 

16,222 

 

31,661 

 

 

25,066 

 

 

21,422 

Income before income taxes

$

56,867 

 

$

50,913 

 

$

53,531 

$

72,789 

 

$

63,110 

 

$

62,959 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in these amounts are income before income taxes for the EMEA segment of $17.5$28.3 million, $11.1$21.9 million and $14.5$18.4 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively.



The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands): 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

2013

 

2012

 

2011

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

$

11,239 

 

$

10,100 

 

$

9,321 

$

13,269 

 

$

12,302 

 

$

12,663 

State

 

886 

 

 

 

 

951 

 

894 

 

 

966 

 

 

972 

Foreign

 

4,973 

 

 

3,820 

 

 

4,627 

 

7,593 

 

 

5,886 

 

 

5,489 

Total current

 

17,098 

 

 

13,923 

 

 

14,899 

 

21,756 

 

 

19,154 

 

 

19,124 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

(157)

 

 

1,449 

 

 

2,162 

 

(1,100)

 

 

(870)

 

 

(11)

Foreign

 

113 

 

 

56 

 

 

37 

 

(495)

 

 

19 

 

 

100 

Total deferred

 

(44)

 

 

1,505 

 

 

2,199 

 

(1,595)

 

 

(851)

 

 

89 

Provision for income taxes

$

17,054 

 

$

15,428 

 

$

17,098 

$

20,161 

 

$

18,303 

 

$

19,213 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



F-21F-19


 

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 31,

 

August 31,

August 31,

 

August 31,

2013

 

2012

2016

 

2015

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued payroll and related expenses

$

1,367 

 

$

886 

$

1,621 

 

$

1,680 

Accounts receivable

 

675 

 

 

702 

 

498 

 

 

532 

Reserves and accruals

 

2,584 

 

 

2,676 

 

2,292 

 

 

2,450 

Unrealized exchange loss

 

992 

 

 

416 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

2,023 

 

 

2,121 

 

2,976 

 

 

2,610 

Uniform capitalization

 

1,623 

 

 

1,156 

 

1,473 

 

 

1,335 

Tax credit carryforwards

 

1,631 

 

 

1,240 

 

2,038 

 

 

2,040 

Other

 

1,584 

 

 

1,604 

 

2,043 

 

 

1,258 

Total gross deferred tax assets

 

11,487 

 

 

10,385 

 

13,933 

 

 

12,321 

Valuation allowance

 

(1,842)

 

 

(1,302)

 

(2,054)

 

 

(2,052)

Total deferred tax assets

 

9,645 

 

 

9,083 

Total net deferred tax assets

 

11,879 

 

 

10,269 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

(1,023)

 

 

(1,163)

 

(558)

 

 

(470)

Amortization of tax goodwill and intangible assets

 

(25,331)

 

 

(24,708)

 

(26,321)

 

 

(26,334)

Investments in partnerships

 

(1,506)

 

 

(1,471)

 

(744)

 

 

(786)

Other

 

(124)

 

 

(197)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(27,984)

 

 

(27,539)

 

(27,623)

 

 

(27,590)

Net deferred tax liabilities

$

(18,339)

 

$

(18,456)

$

(15,744)

 

$

(17,321)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes”, which requires that all deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet, and eliminates the current requirement for an entity to separate these liabilities and assets into current and noncurrent amounts based on the classification of the related asset or liability. The Company early adopted this updated guidance in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016 on a prospective basis and, as a result, classified all deferred taxes and liabilities as non-current on the consolidated balance sheet as of August 31, 2016. As the Company elected to apply this guidance prospectively, no changes were made to the consolidated balance sheet as of August 31, 2015.

The Company had state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $6.2$2.4 million and $4.8$1.3 million as of August 31, 20132016 and 2012,2015, which generated a net deferred tax asset of $0.3$0.2 million and $0.2$0.1 million for fiscal years 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The state NOL carryforwards, forif unused, will expire between fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 will begin to expire in fiscal year 2014.2017 and 2036.  The Company also had cumulative tax credit carryforwards of $1.6$2.0 million as of both August 31, 20132016 and $1.2 million as of August 31, 2012,2015, of which $1.5$1.9 million and $1.1 million, respectively,for both periods, is attributable to a U.K. tax credit carryforward, which does not expire. Future utilization of the tax credit carryforwards and certain state NOL carryovers is uncertain and is dependent upon several factors that may not occur, including the generation of future taxable income in certain jurisdictions. At this time, management cannot conclude that it is “more likely than not” that the related deferred tax assets will be realized. Accordingly, a full valuation allowance has been recorded against the related deferred tax asset associated with cumulative tax credit carryforwards. In addition, a valuation allowance has been recorded against the deferred tax asset associated with certain state NOL carryoverscarryfowards in the amount of $0.2 million  and $0.1 million as of both August 31, 20132016 and 2012, respectively.2015.



A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

2013

 

2012

 

2011

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Amount computed at U.S. statutory federal tax rate

$

19,904 

 

$

17,820 

 

$

18,736 

$

25,476 

 

$

22,088 

 

$

22,036 

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefits

 

661 

 

 

(16)

 

 

734 

 

397 

 

 

578 

 

 

674 

Effect of foreign operations

 

(2,353)

 

 

(1,377)

 

 

(1,377)

 

(4,382)

 

 

(3,221)

 

 

(2,270)

Benefit from qualified domestic production deduction

 

(1,050)

 

 

(951)

 

 

(798)

 

(1,190)

 

 

(1,131)

 

 

(1,048)

Research and experimentation credits

 

(82)

 

 

(22)

 

 

(117)

Other

 

(26)

 

 

(26)

 

 

(80)

 

(140)

 

 

(11)

 

 

(179)

Provision for income taxes

$

17,054 

 

$

15,428 

 

$

17,098 

$

20,161 

 

$

18,303 

 

$

19,213 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of August 31, 2013,Historically, the Company has not provided for U.S. federal and state income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on $84.7the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries in the U.K., Australia, and China as the Company had considered those earnings indefinitely reinvested outside the United States.  In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, the Company determined that it would

F-20


undertake, in fiscal year 2017, a one-time repatriation of $8.2 million, which represents all of the historical foreign earnings from its Australia subsidiary and 90% of the historical foreign earnings from its China subsidiary.  Management determined that such a foreign distribution was prudent due to the current favorable tax consequences of such a distribution, stemming principally from the recent significant strengthening of the U.S. dollar against various currencies in which the Company conducts business.  Accordingly, the Company determined that it was no longer indefinitely reinvested with respect to this amount of unremitted earnings and recorded the impact of this decision in the 2016 income tax provision, which resulted in the recognition of an incremental immaterial tax benefit. 

As of August 31, 2016, the Company has not provided for U.S. federal and state income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on $113.4 million of the remaining undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries, mostly attributable to the U.K., since these earnings are considered indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States.  The amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. federal and state income tax liability, net of unrecognized foreign tax credits, is estimated to be approximately $6.7$8.8 million as of August 31, 2013.2016. This net liability is impacted by changes in foreign currency exchange rates and, as a result, will fluctuate with any changes in such rates. If management decides to repatriate such foreign earnings in future periods, the Company would incurbe required to provide for the incremental U.S. federal and state income taxes as well as foreign withholding

F-22


taxes.  However, taxes on such amounts in the Company’s intentperiod in which the decision is made. The Company continues to keep these funds indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. and its current plans do not demonstrate a need to repatriate them to fund the U.S. operations. Regarding certain foreign subsidiaries not indefinitely reinvested, the Company has providedprovide for U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on the undistributed earnings.earnings of its Canada and Malaysia subsidiaries, whose earnings are not considered indefinitely reinvested.    

Reconciliations of the beginning and ending amounts of the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

2013

 

2012

2016

 

2015

Unrecognized tax benefits - beginning of fiscal year

$

1,023 

 

$

1,374 

$

1,279 

 

$

1,248 

Gross increases - tax positions in prior periods

 

 -

 

 

Gross decreases - tax positions in prior periods

 

 -

 

 

(67)

Gross increases - current period tax positions

 

169 

 

 

422 

 

211 

 

 

222 

Expirations of statute of limitations for assessment

 

(173)

 

 

(406)

 

(251)

 

 

(63)

Settlements

 

(39)

 

 

(307)

 

 -

 

 

(128)

Unrecognized tax benefits - end of fiscal year

$

980 

 

$

1,023 

$

1,239 

 

$

1,279 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

There were no material interest or penalties included in income tax expense for the fiscal years ended August 31, 20132016 and 2012.2015. The total balance of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions was also immaterial at August 31, 20132016 and 2012.2015.



The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and in various state and foreign jurisdictions. Due to expired statutes, the Company’s federal income tax returns for years prior to fiscal year 20102013 are not subject to examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. The Company was recently notified by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service of its plans to perform an income tax audit for the tax period ended August 31, 2014. The Company is also currently under audit in various state and local jurisdictions for fiscal years 2013 through 2015. Generally, for the majority of state and foreign jurisdictions where the Company does business, periods prior to fiscal year 20092012 are no longer subject to examination. The Company has estimated that up to $0.2$0.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits related to income tax positions may be affected by the resolution of tax examinations or expiring statutes of limitation within the next twelve months. Audit outcomes and the timing of settlements are subject to significant uncertainty.



Note 14.13. Stock-based Compensation



As of August 31, 2013,2016, the Company had one stock incentive plan, the WD-40 Company 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (“2007 Plan”), which permits the granting of various stock-based equity awards, including non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units and other stock-based awards to employees, directors and consultants. To date through August 31, 2013,2016, the Company had granted awards of restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance share units (“PSUs”) and, market share units (“MSUs”) and deferred performance units (“DPUs”) under the 2007 Plan. Additionally, as of August 31, 2013,2016, there were still outstanding stock options which had been granted under the Company’s prior stock option plan. Fiscal year 2012 was the last fiscal period in which the Company granted PSUs and no PSUs remained outstanding as of the prior fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.  The 2007 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or the Compensation Committee or other designated committee of the Board (the “Committee”). All stock-based equity awards granted under the 2007 Plan are subject to the specific terms and conditions as determined by the Committee at the time of grant of such awards in accordance with the various terms and conditions specified for each award type per the 2007 Plan. The total number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance pursuant to grants of awards under the 2007 Plan is 2,957,830. As of August 31, 2013, 1,987,8762016,  1,696,909 shares of common stock remained available for future issuance pursuant to grants of awards under the 2007 Plan. The shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to awards

F-21


under the 2007 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. The Company has historically issued new authorized but unissued shares upon the settlement of the various stock-based equity awards under the 2007 Plan.



Vesting of the RSUs granted to directors is immediate, with shares to be issued pursuant to the vested RSUs upon termination of each director’s service as a director of the Company. Vesting of the one-time grant of RSUs granted to certain key executives of the Company in March 2008 in settlement of these key executives’ benefits under the Company’s supplemental employee retirement plan agreements was over a period of three years from the date of grant, with shares to be issued pursuant to the vested RSUs six months following the day after each executive officer’s termination of employment with the Company. Vesting of the RSUs granted to certain high level employees is over a period of three years from the date of grant, with shares to be issued pursuant to the vested RSUs at the time of vest. The director RSU holders and the executive officer March 2008 grant date RSU holders are entitled to receive dividend

F-23


equivalents with respect to their RSUs, payable in cash as and when dividends are declared by the Company’s Board of Directors.



Vesting of the PSUs granted to certain executive officers follows a performance measurement period of two full fiscal years ending as of the Company’s fiscal year end for the first full fiscal year following the date of grant (the “Measurement Year” for PSUs). Vesting of the MSUs granted to certain high level employees follows a performance measurement period of three full fiscal years ending as ofcommencing with the Company’s fiscal year end forin which the second full fiscal year following the date of grantMSU awards are granted (the “Measurement Year” for MSUs)Period”). Shares will be issued pursuant to the vested PSUs and MSUs following the conclusion of the applicable PSU or MSU Measurement Period after the Committee’s certification of achievement of the applicable performance measure for such awards and the vesting of the MSU awards and the applicable percentage of the target number of MSU shares to be issued. The recipient must remain employed with the Company for vesting purposes until the date on which the Committee certifies achievement of the applicable performance measure for the MSU awards.

Vesting of the DPUs granted to certain high level employees follows a performance measurement period of one fiscal year that is the same fiscal year in which the DPU awards are granted (the “Measurement Year”). A number of DPUs equal to the applicable percentage of the maximum number of DPUs awarded will be confirmed as vested following the conclusion of the applicable DPU Measurement Year after the Committee’s certification of achievement of the applicable performance measure(s)measure for such PSUs and MSUs andawards (the “Vested DPUs”). The recipient must remain employed with the Company for vesting purposes until August 31 of the PSUs and MSUs and the applicable percentageMeasurement Year. For recipients who are residents of the target numberUnited States, the Vested DPUs must be held until termination of PSU and MSUemployment, with shares to be issued.issued pursuant to the Vested DPUs six months following the day after each such recipient’s termination of employment with the Company. For recipients who are not residents of the United States, the Committee has discretion to either defer settlement of each such recipient’s Vested DPUs by issuance of shares following termination of employment or settle each Vested DPU in cash by payment of an amount equal to the closing price of one share of the Company’s common stock as of the date of the Committee’s certification of the relative achievement of the applicable performance measure for the DPU awards. Until issuance of shares in settlement of the Vested DPUs, the holders of each Vested DPU that is not settled in cash are entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to their Vested DPUs, payable in cash as and when dividends are declared by the Company’s Board of Directors.



CompensationStock-based compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Stock-based compensation expense related to the Company’s stock-based equity awards totaled $2.5$3.7 million, $2.8 million and $3.0$2.3 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively. The Company recognized income tax benefits related to such stock-based compensation of $0.8$1.2 million, $0.9 million and $1.0$0.8 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively. As of August 31, 2013,2016, the total unamortized compensation cost related to non-vested stock-based equity awards was $1.3 million and $0.6$1.7 million for RSUs and MSUs, respectively, which the Company expects to recognize over remaining weighted-average vesting periods of 1.6 years1.8 and 2.21.9 years for RSUs and MSUs, respectively. No further unamortized compensation cost for PSUsDPUs remained as of August 31, 2013.2016.



Stock Options



No stock option awards were granted by the Company during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Fiscal year 2008 was the latestlast fiscal period in which the Company granted any stock options. The estimated fair value of each of the Company’s stock option awards granted in and prior to fiscal year 2008 and prior was determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

F-22


A summary of the Company’s stock option award activity is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts and contractual term in years data):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

Contractual Term

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

Contractual Term

 

 

Number of

 

Exercise Price

 

Per Share

 

Aggregate

Number of

 

Exercise Price

 

Per Share

 

Aggregate

Stock Options

Shares

 

Per Share

 

(in years)

 

Intrinsic Value

Shares

 

Per Share

 

(in years)

 

Intrinsic Value

Outstanding at August 31, 2012

 

313,267 

 

$

33.12 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at August 31, 2015

 

62,620 

 

$

34.97 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(144,676)

 

$

33.12 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34,800)

 

$

34.48 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at August 31, 2013

 

168,591 

 

$

33.13 

 

 

3.2 

 

$

4,223 

Exercisable at August 31, 2013

 

168,591 

 

$

33.13 

 

 

3.2 

 

$

4,223 

Outstanding at August 31, 2016

 

27,820 

 

$

35.59 

 

 

1.0 

 

$

2,302 

Exercisable at August 31, 2016

 

27,820 

 

$

35.59 

 

 

1.0 

 

$

2,302 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $3.2$2.5 million, $2.8$3.3 million and $7.2$1.4 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively.



The income tax benefits from stock options exercised totaled $0.9 million, $0.7 million, $1.1 million and $2.2$0.4 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively.



Restricted Stock Units



The estimated fair value of each of the Company’s RSU awards was determined on the date of grant based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant for those RSUs which are entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to the RSUs, or based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant less the grant date present value of expected dividends during the vesting period for those RSUs which are not entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to the RSUs.



F-24


A summary of the Company’s restricted stock unit activity is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts): 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

Number of

 

Fair Value

 

Aggregate

Number of

 

Fair Value

 

Aggregate

Restricted Stock Units

Shares

 

Per Share

 

Intrinsic Value

Shares

 

Per Share

 

Intrinsic Value

Outstanding at August 31, 2012

 

169,904 

 

$

36.03 

 

 

 

Outstanding at August 31, 2015

 

136,895 

 

$

47.19 

 

 

 

Granted

 

34,576 

 

$

45.45 

 

 

 

 

23,201 

 

$

95.89 

 

 

 

Converted to common shares

 

(51,052)

 

$

35.73 

 

 

 

 

(27,595)

 

$

50.24 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(1,700)

 

$

38.67 

 

 

 

 

(2,466)

 

$

69.99 

 

 

 

Outstanding at August 31, 2013

 

151,728 

 

$

38.25 

 

$

8,828 

Vested at August 31, 2013

 

85,613 

 

$

36.45 

 

$

4,981 

Outstanding at August 31, 2016

 

130,035 

 

$

54.80 

 

$

15,390 

Vested at August 31, 2016

 

99,228 

 

$

47.47 

 

$

11,744 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of all RSUs granted during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 20112014 was $45.45,  $39.71$95.89, $69.35 and $37.35,$66.82, respectively. The total intrinsic value of all RSUs converted to common shares was $2.4$2.8 million, $3.1$1.8 million and $1.9$2.7 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively.



The income tax benefits from RSUs converted to common shares totaled $0.8$1.0 million, $0.9$0.6 million and $0.5$0.9  million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively.



Performance Share Units

The estimated fair value of each of the Company’s PSU awards was determined on the date of grant based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant less the grant date present value of expected dividends during the vesting period for the PSUs, which are not entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to the PSUs. The PSUs shall vest with respect to the applicable percentage of the target number of PSU shares based on relative achievement of the applicable performance measures specified for such PSUs. The ultimate number of PSUs that vest may range from 0% to 150% of the original target number of shares depending on the relative achievement of performance measures at the end of the measurement period.

A summary of the Company’s performance share unit activity is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

Number of

 

Fair Value

 

Aggregate

Performance Share Units

Shares

 

Per Share

 

Intrinsic Value

Outstanding at August 31, 2012

 

41,180 

 

$

38.02 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

 

 

Converted to common shares

 

(11,520)

 

$

36.88 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(12,480)

 

$

36.88 

 

 

 

Outstanding at August 31, 2013

 

17,180 

 

$

39.61 

 

$

1,000 

Expected to vest at August 31, 2013

 

13,315 

 

$

39.61 

 

$

775 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The weighted-average fair value of all PSUs granted during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2012 and 2011 was $39.61 and $36.88,  respectively. No PSUs were granted during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013. The total intrinsic value of all PSUs converted to common shares was $0.6 million for each of the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013 and 2012. No PSUs were converted to common shares during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011.

The income tax benefits from PSUs converted to common shares totaled $0.2 million for each of the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013 and 2012.

Market Share Units



In October 2012, the Company began granting MSU awards to certain high level employees. The MSUs are market performance-based awards that shall vest with respect to the applicable percentage of the target number of MSU shares based on relative total stockholder return (“TSR”) for the Company as compared to the total return for the

F-25


Russell 2000 Index (“Index”) over the performance measurement period.Measurement Period. The ultimate number of MSUs that vest may range from 0% to 200% of the original target number of shares depending on the relative achievement of the TSR performance measure at the end of the measurement period.Measurement Period. The probabilities of the actual number of MSUs expected to vest and resultant actual number of shares of common stock expected to be awarded are reflected in the grant date fair values of the various MSU awards; therefore, the compensation expense for the MSU awards will be recognized assuming the requisite service period is rendered and will not be adjusted based on the actual number of such MSU awards to ultimately vest.

F-23


The estimated fair value of each of the Company’s MSU awards, which are not entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to the MSUs, was determined on the date of grant using the Monte Carlo simulation model, which utilizes multiple input variables to simulate a range of possible future stock prices for both the Company and the Index and estimates the probabilities of the potential payouts. The determination of the estimated grant date fair value of the MSUs is affected by the Company’s stock price and a number of assumptions including the expected volatilities of the Company’s stock and the Index, the Company’s risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The following weighted-average assumptions for MSU grants for the last three fiscal years were used in the Monte Carlo simulation model:



Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2013

Expected volatility

25.4%

Risk-free interest rate

0.4%

Expected dividend yield

0%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Fiscal Year Ended August 31,



2016

 

2015

 

2014

Expected volatility

 

22.2% 

 

 

22.0% 

 

 

25.2% 

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.9% 

 

 

0.8% 

 

 

0.6% 

Expected dividend yield

 

0.0% 

 

 

0.0% 

 

 

0.0% 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The expected volatility utilized was based on the historical volatilities of the Company’s common stock and the Index in order to model the stock price movements. The volatility used was calculated over the most recent 2.85-year2.89-year period for MSUs granted during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 and over the most recent 2.88-year periods for MSUs granted during each of the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015 and 2014, which waswere the remaining termterms of the performance measurement periodMeasurement Period at the datedates of grant. The risk-free interest rate wasrates used were based on the implied yield available on a U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bill with a remaining term equivalent to the remaining performance measurement period.Measurement Period. The MSU awards stipulate that, for purposes of computing the relative TSR for the Company as compared to the return for the Index, dividends paid with respect to both the Company’s stock and the Index are to be treated as being reinvested into the stock of each entity as of the ex-dividend date. Accordingly, an expected dividend yield of zero was used in the Monte Carlo simulation model, which is the mathematical equivalent to reinvesting dividends in the issuing entity over the performance measurement period.Measurement Period.



A summary of the Company’s market share unit activity is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

Number of

 

Fair Value

 

Aggregate

Number of

 

Fair Value

 

Aggregate

Market Share Units

Shares

 

Per Share

 

Intrinsic Value

Shares

 

Per Share

 

Intrinsic Value

Outstanding at August 31, 2012

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

 

 

Outstanding at August 31, 2015

 

57,604 

 

$

57.37 

 

 

 

Granted

 

24,393 

 

$

37.15 

 

 

 

 

15,590 

 

$

120.99 

 

 

 

Performance factor adjustments

 

17,098 

 

$

39.26 

 

 

 

Converted to common shares

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

 

 

 

(40,077)

 

$

38.17 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(162)

 

$

29.85 

 

 

 

 

(4,515)

 

$

70.58 

 

 

 

Outstanding at August 31, 2013

 

24,231 

 

$

37.20 

 

$

1,410 

Outstanding at August 31, 2016

 

45,700 

 

$

87.82 

 

$

5,409 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of all MSUs granted during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $120.99, $71.66 and $69.58 respectively. The total intrinsic value of all MSUs converted to common shares was $3.7 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 was $37.15.2016. No MSUs were converted to common shares during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015 or 2014.

The income tax benefits from MSUs converted to common shares totaled $1.2 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013.2016.

Deferred Performance Units

In November 2014, the Company began granting DPU awards to certain high level employees. The DPUs provide for performance-based vesting over a performance measurement period of the fiscal year in which the DPU awards are granted. The performance vesting provisions of the DPUs are based on relative achievement within an established performance measure range of the Company’s reported earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization computed on a consolidated basis before deduction of the stock-based compensation expense for the Vested DPUs (“Adjusted Global EBITDA”) for the Measurement Year. The ultimate number of DPUs that vest may range from 0% to 100% of the original maximum number of DPUs awarded depending on the relative achievement of the Adjusted Global EBITDA performance measure at the end of the Measurement Year.

F-24


The estimated fair value of each of the Company’s DPU awards was determined on the date of grant based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant less the grant date present value of expected dividends during the vesting period for the DPUs, which are not entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to the unvested DPUs.

A summary of the Company’s deferred performance unit activity is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 



 

 

Grant Date

 

 



Number of

 

Fair Value

 

Aggregate

Deferred Performance Units

Shares

 

Per Share

 

Intrinsic Value

Outstanding at August 31, 2015

 

30,798 

 

$

75.14 

 

 

 

Granted

 

27,809 

 

$

94.54 

 

 

 

Performance factor adjustments

 

(30,798)

 

$

75.14 

 

 

 

Converted to common shares

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(1,486)

 

$

94.54 

 

 

 

Outstanding at August 31, 2016

 

26,323 

 

$

94.54 

 

$

3,115 

Vested at August 31, 2016

 

5,081 

 

$

94.54 

 

$

601 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of all DPUs granted during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015 was $94.54 and $75.14, respectively.  No DPUs were granted during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. No DPUs were converted to common shares during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016 or 2015.



Note 15.14. Other Benefit Plans

 

The Company has a WD-40 Company Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan and Trust (the “Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan”) whereby regular U.S. employees who have completed certain minimum service requirements can defer a portion of their income through contributions to a trust. The Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan provides for Company contributions to the trust, as approved by the Board of Directors, as follows: 1) matching contributions to each participant up to 50% of the first 6.6% of compensation contributed by the participant; 2) fixed non-elective contributions in the amount equal to 10% of eligible compensation; and 3) a discretionary non-elective contribution in an amount to be determined by the Board of Directors up to 5% of eligible compensation. The Company’s contributions are subject to overall employer contribution limits and may not exceed the amount deductible for income tax purposes. The

F-26


Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan may be amended or discontinued at any time by the Company. The Company’s contribution expense for the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan was $2.7$3.2 million, $2.6$3.1 million and $2.3$2.6 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively.



The Company’s international subsidiaries have similar benefit plan arrangements, dependent upon the local applicable laws and regulations. The plans provide for Company contributions to an appropriate third-party plan, as approved by the subsidiary’s Board of Directors. The Company’s contribution expense related to the international plans was $1.5 million for each of the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013, 20122016 and 2011 was $1.32015 and $1.4 million $1.1 million and $1.0 million, respectively.for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014.

F-25




Note 16.15.  Business Segments and Foreign Operations



The Company evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on sales and operating income. The Company is organized on the basis of geographical area into the following three segments: the Americas; EMEA; and Asia-Pacific. Segment data does not include inter-segment revenues. Unallocated corporate expenses are general corporate overhead expenses not directly attributable to the operating segments and are reported separate from the Company’s identified segments. The corporate overhead costs include expenses for the Company’s accounting and finance, information technology, human resources, research and development, quality control and executive management functions, as well as all direct costs associated with public company compliance matters including legal, audit and other professional services costs.

The Company has updated the financial information previously reported for the business segments to separate out the unallocated corporate expenses. These amounts were included within the Americas segment in the Company’s previously reported business segment information. Summary information about reportable segments is as follows (in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

Americas

 

EMEA

 

Asia-Pacific

 

Corporate (1)

 

Total

Americas

 

EMEA

 

Asia-Pacific

 

Corporate (1)

 

Total

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

180,544 

 

$

135,984 

 

$

52,020 

 

$

 -

 

$

368,548 

$

191,397 

 

$

135,235 

 

$

54,038 

 

$

 -

 

$

380,670 

Income from operations

$

39,383 

 

$

31,213 

 

$

9,308 

 

$

(23,267)

 

$

56,637 

$

48,404 

 

$

31,702 

 

$

15,162 

 

$

(23,920)

 

$

71,348 

Depreciation and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

amortization expense

$

4,189 

 

$

959 

 

$

200 

 

$

11 

 

$

5,359 

$

4,071 

 

$

2,084 

 

$

280 

 

$

30 

 

$

6,465 

Interest income

$

 

$

348 

 

$

157 

 

$

 -

 

$

506 

$

 

$

485 

 

$

193 

 

$

 -

 

$

683 

Interest expense

$

684 

 

$

 -

 

$

 

$

 -

 

$

693 

$

1,689 

 

$

 -

 

$

14 

 

$

 -

 

$

1,703 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

177,394 

 

$

116,936 

 

$

48,454 

 

$

 -

 

$

342,784 

$

187,344 

 

$

136,847 

 

$

53,959 

 

$

 -

 

$

378,150 

Income from operations

$

39,455 

 

$

23,524 

 

$

8,458 

 

$

(19,708)

 

$

51,729 

$

46,674 

 

$

30,173 

 

$

12,602 

 

$

(24,059)

 

$

65,390 

Depreciation and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

amortization expense

$

3,458 

 

$

1,224 

 

$

177 

 

$

10 

 

$

4,869 

$

4,078 

 

$

2,102 

 

$

253 

 

$

31 

 

$

6,464 

Interest income

$

 

$

122 

 

$

138 

 

$

 -

 

$

261 

$

 

$

417 

 

$

158 

 

$

 -

 

$

584 

Interest expense

$

721 

 

$

 -

 

$

 

$

 -

 

$

729 

$

1,197 

 

$

 -

 

$

 

$

 -

 

$

1,205 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

169,881 

 

$

125,400 

 

$

41,128 

 

$

 -

 

$

336,409 

$

180,806 

 

$

151,368 

 

$

50,823 

 

$

 -

 

$

382,997 

Income from operations

$

39,085 

 

$

27,846 

 

$

6,509 

 

$

(19,308)

 

$

54,132 

$

41,356 

 

$

34,003 

 

$

10,364 

 

$

(21,986)

 

$

63,737 

Depreciation and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

amortization expense

$

2,702 

 

$

1,377 

 

$

187 

 

$

120 

 

$

4,386 

$

4,229 

 

$

1,363 

 

$

244 

 

$

24 

 

$

5,860 

Interest income

$

 

$

108 

 

$

112 

 

$

 -

 

$

228 

$

 

$

417 

 

$

172 

 

$

 -

 

$

596 

Interest expense

$

1,066 

 

$

 -

 

$

10 

 

$

 -

 

$

1,076 

$

994 

 

$

 -

 

$

 

$

 -

 

$

1,002 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Unallocated corporate expenses are general corporate overhead expenses not directly attributable to any one of the operating segments. These expenses are reported separate from the Company’s identified segments and are included in Selling, General and Administrative expenses on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.  

(1)

Unallocated corporate expenses are general corporate overhead expenses not directly attributable to any one of the operating segments. These expenses are reported separate from the Company’s identified segments and are included in Selling, General and Administrative expenses on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.



The CODMCompany’s Chief Operating Decision Maker does not review assets by segment as part of the financial information provided and therefore, no asset information is provided in the above table.



F-27


Net sales by product group are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

2013

 

2012

 

2011

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Multi-purpose maintenance products

$

320,883 

 

$

286,480 

 

$

278,763 

Maintenance products

$

339,974 

 

$

333,306 

 

$

337,825 

Homecare and cleaning products

 

47,665 

 

 

56,304 

 

 

57,646 

 

40,696 

 

 

44,844 

 

 

45,172 

Total

$

368,548 

 

$

342,784 

 

$

336,409 

$

380,670 

 

$

378,150 

 

$

382,997 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-26


Net sales and long-lived assets by geographic area are as follows (in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

2013

 

2012

 

2011

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Net Sales by Geography:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

$

145,233 

 

$

144,052 

 

$

135,025 

$

158,139 

 

$

153,116 

 

$

147,033 

United Kingdom

 

26,298 

 

 

23,402 

 

 

26,188 

Germany (2)

 

26,671 

 

 

21,092 

 

 

26,865 

Latin America

 

19,200 

 

 

17,689 

 

 

18,720 

Other international

 

151,146 

 

 

136,549 

 

 

129,611 

International

 

222,531 

 

 

225,034 

 

 

235,964 

Total

$

368,548 

 

$

342,784 

 

$

336,409 

$

380,670 

 

$

378,150 

 

$

382,997 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-lived Assets by Geography (3) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-lived Assets by Geography (2) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

4,223 

 

 

5,297 

 

 

5,232 

$

6,419 

 

$

5,955 

 

$

4,470 

International

 

4,312 

 

 

3,766 

 

 

3,250 

 

5,126 

 

 

5,421 

 

 

5,232 

Total

$

8,535 

 

$

9,063 

 

$

8,482 

$

11,545 

 

$

11,376 

 

$

9,702 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2) Represents net sales from the Germanics sales region which includes Germany, Austria, Denmark, Switzerland and the Netherlands.

(3) Includes tangible assets orand property and equipment, net, attributed to the geographic location in which such assets are located.



Note 17.16.  Subsequent Events



On October 4, 2013,11, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.31$0.42 per share payable on October 31, 20132016 to shareholders of record on October 21, 20132016. 

On September 1, 2016, the Company entered into a fourth amendment (the “Fourth Amendment”) to its existing unsecured credit agreement dated June 17, 2011 with Bank of America. The Fourth Amendment amended the credit agreement in contemplation of the previously announced purchase of the Company’s new headquarters office and land located at 9715 Business Park Avenue, San Diego, California (the “Property”). The Fourth Amendment permits the Company to spend an aggregate amount not to exceed $18.0 million for the acquisition and improvement costs for the Property and also includes changes to the agreement that will allow, as a permitted lien, any agreement with Bank of America for secured debt. See Note 7 – Debt for additional information on the Company’s existing unsecured credit agreement and related financial covenants.

On September 13, 2016, the Company closed escrow and .  completed the acquisition of the Property, which consists of 2.23 acres of land and a building comprising of approximately 41,500 square feet of office space. The Property was acquired for an aggregate purchase price of $10.7 million and the Company expects to incur approximately $4.5 million in capital costs related to the buildout of the acquired building and for the purchase of new furniture, fixtures and equipment. The Company intends to use the Property for its headquarters office, replacing its current Company-owned headquarters located at 1061 Cudahy Place, San Diego, California which houses both corporate employees and employees in the Company’s Americas segment. The Company utilized its existing unsecured $175.0 million revolving credit facility with Bank of America in order to fund the purchase of the Property.







 

F-28F-27